1 #LyX 1.6.0rc3 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
209 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
212 pt type, left justified, 5
213 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
217 \begin_inset Quotes erd
221 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
225 \begin_layout Standard
226 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
239 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
243 \begin_layout Standard
245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
256 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
257 the format of all of the manuals.
258 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
259 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
262 \begin_inset Quotes eld
270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 \begin_layout Section
280 \begin_layout Standard
281 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
283 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
284 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
286 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
293 \begin_inset Quotes eld
297 \begin_inset Quotes erd
305 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
308 \begin_layout Standard
309 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
310 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
311 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
313 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
314 only a vertical scrollbar.
315 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
316 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
317 This, however, is due
318 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
319 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
320 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
321 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
323 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
324 this doesn't work for equations yet.
327 \begin_layout Standard
328 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
334 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
336 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
341 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
342 ing sections of this documentation.
345 \begin_layout Section
349 \begin_layout Standard
350 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
355 of the manuals from inside LyX.
356 Just select the manual you want read from the
363 \begin_layout Section
365 \begin_inset CommandInset label
367 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
374 \begin_layout Standard
375 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
376 without resorting to configuration files.
377 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
378 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
379 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
394 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
395 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
396 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
397 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
399 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
407 Reconfiguration of LyX
412 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
415 \begin_layout Section
417 \begin_inset CommandInset label
419 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
426 \begin_layout Standard
427 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
428 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
451 that will be created when using the menu
453 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
472 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
473 \begin_inset Note Note
476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
477 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
485 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
486 More about TeX Code is described in section
491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
493 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
497 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
502 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
504 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 Reconfiguration of LyX
526 \begin_layout Chapter
530 \begin_layout Section
531 Basic File Operations
535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
544 \begin_layout Standard
549 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
550 in addition to some more advanced operations:
553 \begin_layout Itemize
557 \begin_inset Graphics
558 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
559 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
566 \begin_layout Itemize
584 \begin_layout Itemize
590 \begin_inset Graphics
591 filename ../images/file-open.png
592 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
599 \begin_layout Itemize
605 \begin_layout Itemize
611 \begin_inset Graphics
612 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
613 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
620 \begin_layout Itemize
630 \begin_layout Itemize
644 \begin_layout Itemize
654 \begin_layout Itemize
660 \begin_layout Itemize
666 \begin_layout Itemize
672 \begin_inset Graphics
673 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
674 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
681 \begin_layout Itemize
687 \begin_layout Standard
688 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
689 a few minor differences.
692 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
707 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
708 you for a template to use.
709 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
710 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
711 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
719 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
726 \begin_layout Standard
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
744 \begin_inset Quotes eld
748 \begin_inset Quotes erd
751 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
752 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
755 \begin_layout Standard
776 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
781 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
806 will reload the document from disk.
807 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
808 and want to restore it to the last save.
817 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
818 can identify this as your changes.
821 \begin_layout Section
822 Basic Editing Features
826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
833 \begin_inset CommandInset label
835 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
842 \begin_layout Standard
843 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
844 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
845 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
846 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
848 We'll start with cut and paste.
851 \begin_layout Standard
852 As you might expect, the
856 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
857 various other editing features.
858 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
862 \begin_layout Itemize
868 \begin_inset Graphics
869 filename ../images/cut.png
870 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
877 \begin_layout Itemize
883 \begin_inset Graphics
884 filename ../images/copy.png
885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
892 \begin_layout Itemize
898 \begin_inset Graphics
899 filename ../images/paste.png
900 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
907 \begin_layout Itemize
917 \begin_layout Itemize
927 \begin_layout Itemize
941 \begin_inset Graphics
942 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
943 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
951 \begin_layout Standard
952 The first three are self-explanatory.
953 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
954 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
963 keys also functions as the
968 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
969 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
974 to get back the lost text.
977 \begin_layout Standard
981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
987 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
996 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
999 \begin_layout Standard
1002 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1004 \begin_inset space ~
1007 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1009 \begin_inset space ~
1013 \begin_inset space ~
1018 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1024 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1028 \begin_inset space ~
1033 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1034 will start a new paragraph.
1037 \begin_layout Standard
1041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1059 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1061 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1073 \begin_inset space ~
1077 \begin_inset space ~
1083 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1088 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1091 \begin_inset space ~
1100 \begin_inset space ~
1105 button to skip the current word.
1109 \begin_inset space ~
1114 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1118 \begin_inset space ~
1123 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1125 If the toggle is set, searching for
1126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1134 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1137 will not match the word
1138 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1152 Match whole words only
1154 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1176 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1182 \begin_layout Standard
1183 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1184 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1186 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1191 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1198 \begin_layout Section
1203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1222 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1229 \begin_layout Standard
1230 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1231 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1234 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1237 or the toolbar button
1238 \begin_inset Graphics
1239 filename ../images/undo.png
1240 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1244 to undo some mistake.
1245 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1247 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1250 or the toolbar button
1251 \begin_inset Graphics
1252 filename ../images/redo.png
1253 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1265 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1269 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1272 \begin_layout Standard
1273 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1274 it was last saved, the
1275 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1282 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1283 This is a consequence of the 100
1284 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1287 step undo limit, above.
1290 \begin_layout Standard
1299 work on almost everything in LyX.
1300 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1304 \begin_layout Section
1309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1318 \begin_layout Standard
1319 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1322 \begin_layout Enumerate
1327 \begin_layout Itemize
1332 once anywhere in the edit window.
1333 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1337 \begin_layout Enumerate
1342 \begin_layout Itemize
1348 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1351 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1354 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1357 \begin_layout Itemize
1358 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1367 \begin_layout Enumerate
1368 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1372 \begin_layout Standard
1377 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1378 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1379 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1383 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 \begin_layout Standard
1393 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1398 \begin_layout Section
1400 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1402 name "sec:Navigating"
1410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1419 \begin_layout Standard
1420 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1423 \begin_layout Itemize
1428 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1429 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1432 \begin_layout Itemize
1435 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1438 or the toolbar button
1439 \begin_inset Graphics
1440 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1448 \begin_layout Standard
1449 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1450 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1451 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1457 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1462 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1463 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1464 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1465 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1466 to the document, see
1467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1469 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1476 \begin_layout Standard
1478 \begin_inset space \space{}
1482 \begin_inset Graphics
1483 filename ../images/down.png
1484 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1489 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1494 \begin_inset space \space{}
1498 \begin_inset Graphics
1499 filename ../images/up.png
1500 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1505 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1509 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1511 So you can for example move section
1512 \begin_inset space ~
1516 \begin_inset space ~
1520 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1522 \begin_inset Graphics
1523 filename ../images/promote.png
1524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1529 \begin_inset Graphics
1530 filename ../images/demote.png
1531 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1535 or the corresponding key bindings
1543 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1544 So you can for example make section
1545 \begin_inset space ~
1549 \begin_inset space ~
1553 \begin_inset space ~
1559 \begin_layout Section
1564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1637 \begin_layout Standard
1638 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1639 LyX's default is CUA.
1642 \begin_layout Standard
1646 \begin_inset space ~
1654 \begin_inset space ~
1675 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1679 \begin_layout Labeling
1680 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1684 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1685 LatexCommand nomenclature
1687 description "Tabulator key"
1693 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1694 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1695 \begin_inset space ~
1699 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1701 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1706 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1708 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1712 , especially section
1713 \begin_inset space ~
1717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1719 reference "sub:Lists"
1725 If you're still confused, look in the
1732 \begin_layout Labeling
1733 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1737 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1738 LatexCommand nomenclature
1740 description "Escape key"
1747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1754 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1755 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1758 \begin_layout Labeling
1759 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1765 \begin_inset space ~
1769 \begin_inset space ~
1776 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1777 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1781 \begin_layout Standard
1782 There are three modifier keys:
1785 \begin_layout Labeling
1786 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1800 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1804 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1805 LatexCommand nomenclature
1807 description "Control key"
1811 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1812 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1816 \begin_layout Itemize
1825 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1828 \begin_layout Itemize
1837 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1840 \begin_layout Itemize
1849 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1853 \begin_layout Labeling
1854 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1860 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1868 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1872 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1873 LatexCommand nomenclature
1875 description "Shift key"
1879 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1880 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1883 \begin_layout Labeling
1884 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1902 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1903 LatexCommand nomenclature
1905 description "Meta or Alt key"
1909 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1910 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1911 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1917 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1919 menu accelerator keys
1922 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1923 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1927 \begin_layout Standard
1928 For example, the sequence
1929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1935 \begin_inset space ~
1939 \begin_inset space ~
1945 \begin_inset space ~
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1976 \begin_inset space ~
1982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1992 \begin_layout Standard
1993 There are also other things bound to the
1997 key, but you'll have to check in the
2009 \begin_layout Standard
2010 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2011 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2012 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2013 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2014 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2015 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2016 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2017 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2020 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2033 followed by a capital
2039 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2047 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2057 \begin_layout Standard
2058 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2060 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2065 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2068 as explained in sec.
2069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2075 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2082 \begin_layout Chapter
2087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2096 \begin_layout Section
2101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2110 \begin_layout Subsection
2114 \begin_layout Standard
2115 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2116 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2117 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2118 numbering schemes, and so on.
2119 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2120 and format the title of your document differently.
2123 \begin_layout Standard
2128 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2129 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2130 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2131 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2132 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2135 \begin_layout Standard
2136 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2137 how to adjust their properties.
2140 \begin_layout Subsection
2145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2152 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2154 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2161 \begin_layout Standard
2162 You can select a class using the
2164 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2178 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2186 \begin_layout Standard
2187 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2191 \begin_layout Description
2192 Article for basic articles
2195 \begin_layout Description
2196 Report for basic reports
2199 \begin_layout Description
2200 Book for writing a book
2203 \begin_layout Description
2204 Letter for US-style letters
2207 \begin_layout Standard
2208 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2210 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2211 can be found in chapter
2213 Special Document Classes
2222 \begin_layout Description
2223 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2226 \begin_layout Description
2233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2242 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2246 \begin_layout Description
2247 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2248 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2249 There are three article layouts available.
2250 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2251 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2252 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2253 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2255 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2258 sequential numbering
2259 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2262 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2263 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2264 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2265 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2268 \begin_layout Description
2269 Beamer Layout for presentations
2272 \begin_layout Description
2273 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2274 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2278 \begin_layout Description
2280 \begin_inset space ~
2283 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2286 \begin_layout Description
2287 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2290 \begin_layout Description
2293 Die TeXnische Komödie
2295 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2298 \begin_layout Description
2299 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2302 \begin_layout Description
2303 Foils Used to make transparencies
2306 \begin_layout Description
2307 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2310 \begin_layout Description
2311 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2312 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2316 \begin_layout Description
2317 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2318 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2321 \begin_layout Description
2322 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2325 \begin_layout Description
2326 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2329 \begin_layout Description
2330 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2331 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2334 \begin_layout Description
2335 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2338 \begin_layout Description
2343 LaTeX document class
2346 \begin_layout Description
2347 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2350 \begin_layout Description
2355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2362 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2363 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2365 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2368 \begin_layout Description
2369 Slides Used to make transparencies
2372 \begin_layout Description
2374 \begin_inset space ~
2377 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2378 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2381 \begin_layout Description
2382 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2385 \begin_layout Description
2390 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2393 \begin_layout Standard
2394 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2396 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2401 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2402 of the document classes.
2405 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2426 \begin_layout Standard
2427 Modules load additional features to a document that are not by default available
2428 in the chosen document class.
2429 For example you might want to use write Braille (embossed printing) in
2431 This is of course not available in any document class, so you have to load
2432 the corresponding module in the
2438 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2452 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2456 \begin_layout Standard
2457 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2465 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2466 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2474 \begin_layout Standard
2475 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2483 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2491 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2495 \begin_layout Standard
2496 Each class has a default set of options.
2497 Here's a quick table describing them:
2500 \begin_layout Standard
2501 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2507 \begin_layout Standard
2509 \begin_inset Tabular
2510 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2512 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2513 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2514 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2515 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2516 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2545 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2672 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2709 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2783 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2970 \begin_layout Standard
2971 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2977 \begin_layout Standard
2978 You're probably also wondering what
2979 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2983 \begin_inset space ~
2987 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2991 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2992 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2997 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3002 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3012 headings, there are also
3020 headings, and so on.
3021 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3022 \begin_inset space ~
3026 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3028 reference "sub:Headings"
3035 \begin_layout Subsection
3040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3049 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3068 \begin_layout Standard
3069 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3071 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3082 \begin_inset space ~
3087 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3089 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3090 to use for your document.
3091 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3095 \begin_layout Standard
3102 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3108 \begin_inset space ~
3113 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3114 You can choose between the following five options:
3117 \begin_layout Labeling
3118 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3123 Use default page style of current class.
3126 \begin_layout Labeling
3127 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3132 No page numbers or headings.
3135 \begin_layout Labeling
3136 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3144 \begin_layout Labeling
3145 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3150 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3151 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3152 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3155 \begin_layout Labeling
3156 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3161 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3171 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3177 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3178 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3180 Check the documentation for the
3184 package for more details,
3185 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3194 \begin_layout Standard
3199 of paragraphs is described in section
3200 \begin_inset space ~
3204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3206 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3213 \begin_layout Subsection
3214 Paper Size and Orientation
3218 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3219 Document ! Paper size
3225 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3227 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3234 \begin_layout Standard
3235 You'll find the following options in the menu
3238 \begin_inset space ~
3243 of the dialog of the
3245 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3263 \begin_layout Labeling
3264 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3268 \begin_inset space ~
3273 What size paper to print on.
3277 \begin_layout Itemize
3283 \begin_layout Itemize
3293 \begin_layout Itemize
3299 \begin_layout Itemize
3305 \begin_layout Itemize
3311 \begin_layout Itemize
3317 \begin_layout Itemize
3323 \begin_layout Labeling
3324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3329 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3340 \begin_layout Labeling
3341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3345 \begin_inset space ~
3350 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3351 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3354 \begin_layout Subsection
3359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3385 \begin_layout Standard
3386 Paper margins are set in the menu
3388 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3406 \begin_layout Standard
3407 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3408 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3409 the paper format and the font size into account.
3412 \begin_layout Subsection
3416 \begin_layout Standard
3417 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3422 That includes the paragraph environments.
3423 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3424 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3425 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3426 paragraph environments to
3430 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3431 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3432 the conversion and why it failed.
3435 \begin_layout Section
3436 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3441 Paragraph ! Indentation
3449 \begin_layout Subsection
3451 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3453 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3460 \begin_layout Standard
3461 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3462 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3465 \begin_layout Standard
3466 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3467 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3468 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3469 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3473 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3479 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3480 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3481 language than English.
3482 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3485 \begin_layout Standard
3486 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3487 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3489 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3490 LyX takes care of that.
3491 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3493 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3494 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3495 of a page, and so on.
3499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3500 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3505 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3506 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3510 of these pre-coded spacings.
3511 We'll explain more later.
3514 \begin_layout Subsection
3515 Paragraph Separation
3519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3520 Paragraph ! Separation
3528 \begin_layout Standard
3529 To separate paragraphs, select
3540 \begin_inset space ~
3547 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3560 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3561 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3562 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3565 \begin_layout Standard
3575 \begin_layout Standard
3576 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3577 \begin_inset space ~
3581 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3583 reference "cap:Units"
3588 The default length is 30
3589 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3595 \begin_layout Subsection
3599 \begin_layout Standard
3600 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3610 dialog and toggle the
3613 \begin_inset space ~
3618 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3619 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3620 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3624 \begin_layout Standard
3625 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3626 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3629 \begin_layout Subsection
3634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3635 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3659 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3662 \begin_inset space ~
3671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3672 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3681 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3686 installed to use this feature.
3694 \begin_layout Section
3695 Paragraph Environments
3699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3700 Paragraph ! Environments
3706 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3708 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3717 Paragraph environments|(
3725 \begin_layout Subsection
3729 \begin_layout Standard
3730 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3733 \begin_layout Standard
3752 \begin_inset Newline newline
3755 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3756 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3757 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3766 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3769 \begin_layout Standard
3770 A paragraph environment is simply a
3771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3778 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3779 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3780 scheme, labels, and so on.
3781 Additionally, you can
3782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3786 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3789 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3790 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3791 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3792 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3793 days of typewriters.
3794 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3796 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3799 \begin_layout Standard
3800 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3801 \begin_inset Graphics
3802 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3808 at the left end of the toolbar.
3809 LyX will change the environment of the
3813 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3814 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3815 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3819 \begin_layout Standard
3828 create a new paragraph using the
3832 paragraph environment.
3834 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3838 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3841 because if you are in one of these environments:
3844 \begin_layout Itemize
3850 \begin_layout Itemize
3856 \begin_layout Itemize
3862 \begin_layout Itemize
3868 \begin_layout Itemize
3874 \begin_layout Itemize
3880 \begin_layout Itemize
3886 \begin_layout Standard
3887 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3891 , rather than resetting it to
3896 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3897 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3898 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3899 \begin_inset space ~
3903 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3905 reference "sec:Nesting"
3910 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3915 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3916 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3924 \begin_layout Subsection
3928 \begin_layout Standard
3929 The default paragraph environment is
3934 It creates a plain paragraph.
3935 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3936 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3937 this manual) are in the
3944 \begin_layout Standard
3945 You can nest a paragraph using the
3949 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3957 \begin_layout Subsection
3962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3971 \begin_layout Standard
3972 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3981 for thanks or contact information.
3982 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3983 page along with today's date.
3984 For other types of documents, the title
3985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3992 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3996 \begin_layout Standard
3997 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4011 Here's how you use them:
4014 \begin_layout Itemize
4015 Put the title of your document in the
4022 \begin_layout Itemize
4023 Put the author name in the
4030 \begin_layout Itemize
4031 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4032 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4038 Note that using this environment is optional.
4039 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4040 If you don't want any date, add the line
4041 \begin_inset Newline newline
4051 \begin_inset Newline newline
4054 to the preamble of your document (menu
4056 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4062 \begin_layout Standard
4063 You can use footnotes to insert
4064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4071 or contact informations.
4074 \begin_layout Subsection
4079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4086 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4095 \begin_layout Standard
4096 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4097 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4100 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4106 Section headings ! Numbered
4114 \begin_layout Standard
4115 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4119 \begin_layout Enumerate
4125 \begin_layout Enumerate
4131 \begin_layout Enumerate
4137 \begin_layout Enumerate
4143 \begin_layout Enumerate
4149 \begin_layout Enumerate
4155 \begin_layout Enumerate
4161 \begin_layout Standard
4162 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4163 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4164 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4167 \begin_layout Standard
4168 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4169 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4170 You group the book into chapters.
4171 LyX does similar grouping:
4174 \begin_layout Itemize
4179 is divided in either
4188 \begin_layout Itemize
4200 \begin_layout Itemize
4212 \begin_layout Itemize
4224 \begin_layout Itemize
4236 \begin_layout Itemize
4248 \begin_layout Standard
4249 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4257 Not all document types use the
4261 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4266 is the top-level heading.
4274 \begin_layout Standard
4279 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4280 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4282 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4284 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4288 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4294 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4300 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4308 \begin_layout Standard
4309 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4313 \begin_layout Enumerate
4319 \begin_layout Enumerate
4325 \begin_layout Enumerate
4331 \begin_layout Enumerate
4337 \begin_layout Enumerate
4343 \begin_layout Standard
4345 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4349 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4352 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4353 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4354 table of contents, see section
4355 \begin_inset space ~
4359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4368 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4369 Changing the Numbering
4370 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4372 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4379 \begin_layout Standard
4380 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4381 in the Table of Contents.
4382 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4384 Certain classes start with
4398 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4408 This is something you can change.
4411 \begin_layout Standard
4414 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4434 \begin_inset space ~
4438 \begin_inset space ~
4443 you'll see two counters.
4448 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4450 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4455 Short Titles of Headings
4459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4460 Section headings ! Short titles
4469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4476 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4478 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4485 \begin_layout Standard
4486 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4487 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4488 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4489 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4492 \begin_layout Standard
4493 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4494 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4495 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4496 To specify a short title, use the menu
4498 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4500 \begin_inset space ~
4506 This will insert a box labeled
4507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4515 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4519 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4522 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4523 This also works for captions inside floats.
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4530 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4534 \begin_layout Standard
4535 The following information applies to all section headings:
4538 \begin_layout Itemize
4539 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4542 \begin_layout Itemize
4543 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4546 \begin_layout Itemize
4547 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4550 \begin_layout Itemize
4551 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4554 \begin_layout Subsection
4555 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4558 \begin_layout Standard
4559 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4573 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4574 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4575 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4576 the text they contain.
4577 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4585 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4588 \begin_layout Standard
4589 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4598 when you start a new paragraph.
4599 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4603 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4604 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4605 to change back to the
4609 environment yourself.
4612 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4622 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4641 \begin_layout Standard
4642 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4643 time for the differences.
4652 are identical except for one difference:
4656 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4665 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4668 \begin_layout Standard
4669 Here's an example of the
4682 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4684 See -- no indentation!
4688 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4689 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4690 the other paragraph.
4693 \begin_layout Standard
4694 Here's another example, this time in the
4701 \begin_layout Quotation
4707 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4708 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4709 the first line, then
4713 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4717 you were quoting other text.
4720 \begin_layout Quotation
4721 Here's a new paragraph.
4722 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4723 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4726 \begin_layout Standard
4727 As the examples show,
4731 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4732 They should put quotes in the
4737 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4741 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4744 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4772 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4781 \begin_layout Standard
4786 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4792 \begin_inset Newline newline
4795 Which I did not rehearse!
4799 It could be much worse.
4800 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4802 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4803 indented a bit more than the first.
4804 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4810 \begin_inset Newline newline
4813 And make things look fine
4814 \begin_inset Newline newline
4824 \begin_layout Standard
4829 does not indent both margins.
4830 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4831 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4842 \begin_layout Subsection
4847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4863 \begin_layout Standard
4864 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4874 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4883 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4884 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4885 some general features of all four of them.
4888 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4892 \begin_layout Standard
4893 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4895 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4904 reset the environment to
4908 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4909 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
4910 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4915 to break paragraphs.
4918 \begin_layout Standard
4919 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4920 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4922 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4923 you read all of section
4924 \begin_inset space ~
4928 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4930 reference "sec:Nesting"
4938 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4954 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4963 \begin_layout Standard
4964 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4968 paragraph environment.
4969 It has the following properties:
4972 \begin_layout Itemize
4973 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4977 \begin_layout Itemize
4978 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4981 \begin_layout Itemize
4982 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4986 \begin_layout Itemize
4987 The items can have any length.
4988 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4989 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4996 \begin_layout Itemize
5001 environment inside another
5005 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5009 \begin_layout Itemize
5010 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5013 \begin_layout Itemize
5014 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5017 \begin_layout Itemize
5019 \begin_inset space ~
5023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5025 reference "sec:Nesting"
5029 for a full explanation of nesting.
5033 \begin_layout Standard
5034 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5043 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5046 \begin_layout Standard
5047 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5048 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5049 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
5052 \begin_layout Itemize
5053 The label for the first level
5057 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5061 \begin_layout Itemize
5062 The label for the second level is a dash.
5066 \begin_layout Itemize
5067 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5071 \begin_layout Itemize
5072 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5076 \begin_layout Itemize
5077 Back out to the third level.
5081 \begin_layout Itemize
5082 Back to the second level.
5086 \begin_layout Itemize
5087 Back to the outermost level.
5090 \begin_layout Standard
5091 These are the default labels for an
5096 You can customize these labels in the
5098 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5101 dialog in the submenu
5111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5120 \begin_layout Standard
5121 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5122 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5124 \begin_inset space ~
5128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5130 reference "sec:Nesting"
5137 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5153 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5155 name "sec:Enumerate"
5162 \begin_layout Standard
5167 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5168 It has these properties:
5171 \begin_layout Enumerate
5172 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5176 \begin_layout Enumerate
5177 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5181 \begin_layout Enumerate
5182 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5185 \begin_layout Enumerate
5190 environment resets the counter to one.
5193 \begin_layout Enumerate
5206 \begin_layout Enumerate
5207 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5208 Items can have any length.
5211 \begin_layout Enumerate
5212 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5215 \begin_layout Enumerate
5216 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5219 \begin_layout Enumerate
5220 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5224 \begin_layout Standard
5233 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5234 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5241 \begin_layout Enumerate
5242 The first level of an
5246 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5250 \begin_layout Enumerate
5251 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5255 \begin_layout Enumerate
5256 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5260 \begin_layout Enumerate
5261 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5264 \begin_layout Enumerate
5265 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5270 \begin_layout Enumerate
5271 Back to the third level
5275 \begin_layout Enumerate
5276 Back to the second level.
5280 \begin_layout Enumerate
5281 Back to the outermost level.
5284 \begin_layout Standard
5285 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5290 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5295 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5299 \begin_layout Standard
5300 There is more to nesting
5304 environments than we've stated here.
5305 You should read section
5306 \begin_inset space ~
5310 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5312 reference "sec:Nesting"
5316 to learn more about nesting.
5319 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5337 \begin_layout Standard
5338 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5342 list has no fixed label.
5343 Instead, LyX uses the first
5344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5351 of the first line as the label.
5355 \begin_layout Description
5356 Example: This is an example of the
5363 \begin_layout Standard
5364 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5368 \begin_layout Standard
5370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5377 it is meant that the first hit of the
5381 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5383 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5394 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5395 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5397 \begin_inset space ~
5403 \begin_inset space ~
5407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5409 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5413 for more info.) Here is an example:
5416 \begin_layout Description
5418 \begin_inset space ~
5421 Example: This one shows how to use a
5424 \begin_inset space ~
5436 \begin_layout Description
5437 Usage: You should use the
5441 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5442 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5444 It's not a good idea to use a
5448 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5449 You're better off using
5461 paragraphs into them.
5464 \begin_layout Description
5465 Nesting: You can nest
5469 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5473 \begin_layout Standard
5474 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5475 them from the first line.
5478 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5496 \begin_layout Standard
5501 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5505 \begin_layout Standard
5514 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5515 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5518 \begin_layout Labeling
5519 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5521 \begin_inset space ~
5524 labels LyX uses the first
5525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5529 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5532 of each line as the item label.
5537 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5538 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5539 blank as described above.
5542 \begin_layout Labeling
5543 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5544 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5545 the body of the item text.
5546 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5547 label width plus a little extra space.
5551 \begin_layout Labeling
5552 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5554 \begin_inset space ~
5557 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5559 If the label width is larger, the label
5560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5567 into the first line.
5568 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5569 margin of the rest of the item text.
5572 \begin_layout Labeling
5573 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5575 \begin_inset space ~
5578 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5583 environment have the same left margin.
5584 \begin_inset Newline newline
5587 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5590 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5592 \begin_inset space ~
5601 \begin_inset space ~
5606 determines the default label width.
5607 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5609 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5613 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5616 multiple times instead.
5617 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5626 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5629 \begin_inset space ~
5634 every time you alter a label in a
5639 \begin_inset Newline newline
5642 The predefined default width is the length of
5643 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5647 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5652 \begin_inset Newline newline
5656 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5664 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5665 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5673 \begin_layout Standard
5678 environment the same way like the
5682 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5688 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5692 \begin_layout Standard
5697 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5699 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5701 \begin_inset space ~
5705 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5707 reference "sec:Nesting"
5711 to learn about nesting.
5714 \begin_layout Standard
5715 There is yet another feature of the
5719 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5721 You can use additional
5725 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5730 are documented in section
5731 \begin_inset space ~
5735 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5737 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5742 Here are some examples:
5745 \begin_layout Labeling
5746 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5747 Left The default for
5754 \begin_layout Labeling
5755 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5756 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5763 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5766 \begin_layout Labeling
5767 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5768 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5772 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5779 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5782 \begin_layout Subsection
5787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5796 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5804 \begin_inset space ~
5812 \begin_layout Standard
5813 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5821 \begin_inset space ~
5827 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5828 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5829 In contrast, you can use the
5836 \begin_inset space ~
5841 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5842 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5846 \begin_layout Standard
5847 Of course, you're not limited to using
5854 \begin_inset space ~
5863 \begin_inset space ~
5868 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5869 some European academic papers.
5872 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5874 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5876 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5883 \begin_layout Standard
5888 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5889 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5893 \begin_inset space ~
5898 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5899 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5900 Here's an example of each:
5903 \begin_layout Right Address
5905 \begin_inset Newline newline
5909 \begin_inset Newline newline
5913 \begin_inset Newline newline
5916 When is it? What is today?
5919 \begin_layout Standard
5923 \begin_inset space ~
5929 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5930 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5931 Here's an example of the
5938 \begin_layout Address
5940 \begin_inset Newline newline
5943 Where do I send this
5944 \begin_inset Newline newline
5947 Your post office and country
5950 \begin_layout Standard
5951 As you can see, both
5958 \begin_inset space ~
5963 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5968 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5974 This makes sense, since
5982 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5983 Thus, you have to use
5994 \begin_inset space ~
5997 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5999 \begin_inset space ~
6008 menu) to start a new line in an
6015 \begin_inset space ~
6023 \begin_layout Subsection
6027 \begin_layout Standard
6028 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6029 or list of references.
6030 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6033 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6049 \begin_layout Standard
6054 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6055 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6056 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6057 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6061 in anything else or vice versa.
6067 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6068 The book document classes ignores the
6072 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6076 in a letter document class.
6079 \begin_layout Standard
6084 environment does several things for you.
6085 First, it puts the centered label
6086 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6090 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6094 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6096 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6097 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6098 the subsequent text.
6099 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6100 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6103 \begin_layout Standard
6104 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6108 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6109 The new paragraph will still be in the
6114 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6115 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6118 \begin_layout Standard
6119 \begin_inset Float figure
6124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6126 \begin_inset Graphics
6127 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6136 \begin_inset Caption
6138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6139 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6141 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6162 \begin_layout Standard
6163 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6167 environment, but since this document is in the
6168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6175 class, we can't do this.
6176 We inserted it therefore as figure
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6183 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6188 If you've never heard of an
6189 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6193 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6196 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6199 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6215 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6217 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6224 \begin_layout Standard
6229 environment is used to list references.
6230 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6231 only use it at the end of the document.
6236 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6239 \begin_layout Standard
6240 When you first open a
6244 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6249 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6253 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6257 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6260 depending on the document class.
6261 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6262 Each paragraph of the
6266 environment is a bibliography entry.
6271 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6272 Each new paragraph is still in the
6279 \begin_layout Standard
6280 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6281 by using a BibTeX database.
6282 For more information on that, and for a a detailed description of LyX's
6283 bibliography handling, have a look at in section
6284 \begin_inset space ~
6288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6290 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6297 \begin_layout Subsection
6304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6305 Paragraph ! LyX code
6311 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6320 \begin_layout Standard
6325 environment is another LyX extension.
6326 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6331 key as a fixed whitespace;
6335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6347 \begin_inset space ~
6352 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6357 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6358 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6376 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6377 So, when you finish using the
6381 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6382 Also, you can nest the
6386 environment inside of others.
6389 \begin_layout Standard
6390 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6393 \begin_layout Itemize
6398 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6410 \begin_layout Itemize
6423 \begin_layout Itemize
6428 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6435 \begin_layout Itemize
6444 \begin_layout Itemize
6445 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6446 You must put at least one
6450 in any line you want blank.
6451 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6454 \begin_layout Itemize
6455 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6459 since that will insert
6464 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6472 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6475 \begin_layout Standard
6479 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6483 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6487 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6491 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6495 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6496 printf("Hello World!
6501 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6505 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6509 \begin_layout Standard
6510 This is just the standard
6511 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6515 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6522 \begin_layout Standard
6527 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6528 rc-files, and so on.
6529 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6530 as if you used a typewriter.
6534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6535 Paragraph environments|)
6543 \begin_layout Section
6544 Nesting Environments
6548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6549 Nesting ! Environments
6555 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6564 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 \begin_layout Standard
6569 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6571 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6573 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6575 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6577 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6587 \begin_layout Enumerate
6591 \begin_layout Enumerate
6596 \begin_layout Enumerate
6600 \begin_layout Enumerate
6605 \begin_layout Enumerate
6609 \begin_layout Standard
6610 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6611 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6614 \begin_inset space ~
6618 \begin_inset space ~
6626 \begin_inset space ~
6630 \begin_inset space ~
6639 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6640 will tell you how far you are nested).
6641 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6642 \begin_inset Graphics
6643 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6648 \begin_inset Graphics
6649 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6653 or the convenient key bindings
6669 to change the nesting level.
6670 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6671 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6675 \begin_layout Standard
6676 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6677 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6678 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6679 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6682 \begin_layout Standard
6683 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6684 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6686 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6689 \begin_layout Subsection
6690 What You Can and Can't Nest
6693 \begin_layout Standard
6694 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6695 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6698 \begin_layout Standard
6699 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6700 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6701 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6704 \begin_layout Itemize
6705 Completely unnestable
6708 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6710 other things inside of them.
6713 \begin_layout Itemize
6714 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6718 \begin_layout Standard
6719 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6720 environments have them:
6723 \begin_layout Description
6724 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6725 Can't nest into them.
6729 \begin_layout Itemize
6735 \begin_layout Itemize
6741 \begin_layout Itemize
6747 \begin_layout Itemize
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6760 \begin_layout Description
6762 \begin_inset space ~
6765 Nestable You can nest them.
6766 You can nest other things into them.
6770 \begin_layout Itemize
6776 \begin_layout Itemize
6782 \begin_layout Itemize
6788 \begin_layout Itemize
6794 \begin_layout Itemize
6800 \begin_layout Itemize
6806 \begin_layout Itemize
6812 \begin_layout Itemize
6819 \begin_layout Description
6820 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6821 You can't nest anything into them.
6825 \begin_layout Itemize
6831 \begin_layout Itemize
6837 \begin_layout Itemize
6843 \begin_layout Itemize
6849 \begin_layout Itemize
6855 \begin_layout Itemize
6861 \begin_layout Itemize
6867 \begin_layout Itemize
6873 \begin_layout Itemize
6879 \begin_layout Itemize
6885 \begin_layout Itemize
6891 \begin_layout Itemize
6897 \begin_layout Itemize
6903 \begin_layout Itemize
6907 \begin_inset space ~
6913 \begin_layout Itemize
6920 \begin_layout Standard
6921 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6929 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6938 \begin_inset space ~
6942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6946 \begin_inset space ~
6949 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6950 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6951 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6959 \begin_layout Subsection
6960 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6965 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6973 \begin_layout Standard
6974 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6975 affected by nesting anyhow.
6979 \begin_layout Itemize
6983 \begin_layout Itemize
6987 \begin_layout Itemize
6991 \begin_layout Standard
6993 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7001 Figures and tables in
7005 are not affected by this.
7010 Have a look at section
7011 \begin_inset space ~
7015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7017 reference "sec:Floats"
7021 for more informations about
7028 \begin_layout Standard
7029 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7030 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7034 \begin_layout Standard
7035 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7040 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7043 of its own, it behaves just like a
7044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7051 paragraph environment.
7052 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7056 \begin_layout Standard
7057 Here's an example with a table:
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7065 \begin_layout Enumerate
7066 This is (a) and it's nested.
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7077 \begin_layout Standard
7079 \begin_inset Tabular
7080 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7082 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7083 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7141 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7167 \begin_layout Standard
7168 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7175 \begin_layout Enumerate
7177 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7181 \begin_layout Enumerate
7185 \begin_layout Standard
7186 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7189 \begin_layout Enumerate
7194 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 This is (a) and it's nested.
7199 \begin_layout Standard
7200 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7206 \begin_layout Standard
7208 \begin_inset Tabular
7209 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7212 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7296 \begin_layout Standard
7297 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7303 \begin_layout Enumerate
7310 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7313 \begin_layout Enumerate
7317 \begin_layout Standard
7318 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7322 \begin_layout Standard
7323 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7325 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7328 \begin_layout Enumerate
7333 \begin_layout Enumerate
7334 This is (a) and it's nested.
7337 \begin_layout Standard
7338 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7344 \begin_layout Standard
7346 \begin_inset Tabular
7347 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7349 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7350 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7434 \begin_layout Standard
7435 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7441 \begin_layout Enumerate
7443 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7451 \begin_layout Enumerate
7455 \begin_layout Standard
7456 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7462 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7463 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7467 \begin_layout Subsection
7468 Usage and General Features
7471 \begin_layout Standard
7472 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7474 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7478 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7481 is the innermost possible depth.
7482 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7485 \begin_layout Enumerate
7486 level #1 - outermost
7490 \begin_layout Enumerate
7495 \begin_layout Enumerate
7500 \begin_layout Enumerate
7505 \begin_layout Itemize
7510 \begin_layout Itemize
7519 \begin_layout Standard
7520 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7521 both of them in the example.
7522 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7532 For example, if we tried to nest another
7537 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7541 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7547 \begin_layout Subsection
7552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7561 \begin_layout Standard
7562 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7563 We have several examples of nested environments.
7564 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7568 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7569 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7572 \begin_layout Labeling
7573 \labelwidthstring MMM
7574 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7583 \begin_layout Labeling
7584 \labelwidthstring MMM
7585 #2-a This is level #2.
7586 We created it by using
7598 \begin_layout Labeling
7599 \labelwidthstring MMM
7600 #3-a This is level #3.
7601 This time, we just hit
7610 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7623 \begin_layout Standard
7628 environment, nested inside of
7629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7633 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7637 So, it's at level #4.
7638 We did this by hitting
7646 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7651 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7667 \begin_layout Standard
7672 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7679 \begin_layout Labeling
7680 \labelwidthstring MMM
7681 #4-a This is level #4.
7686 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7691 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7695 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7700 keep nesting things inside of
7701 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7712 \begin_layout Labeling
7713 \labelwidthstring MMM
7714 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7719 \begin_layout Labeling
7720 \labelwidthstring MMM
7721 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7722 and this is level #6.
7723 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7727 \begin_layout Labeling
7728 \labelwidthstring MMM
7729 #5-b Back to level #5.
7742 \begin_layout Labeling
7743 \labelwidthstring MMM
7752 , we're back at level #4.
7756 \begin_layout Labeling
7757 \labelwidthstring MMM
7758 #3-b Back to level #3.
7759 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7763 \begin_layout Labeling
7764 \labelwidthstring MMM
7765 #2-b Back to level #2.
7770 \begin_layout Labeling
7771 \labelwidthstring MMM
7772 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7773 After this sentence, we'll hit
7777 and change the paragraph environment back to
7784 \begin_layout Standard
7785 We could have also used the
7801 environment in place of the
7806 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7810 Example 2: Inheritance
7813 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7814 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7817 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7827 , after which, we'll change to the
7835 \begin_layout Enumerate
7840 environment, at level #2.
7843 \begin_layout Enumerate
7844 Notice how the nested
7848 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7852 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7856 \begin_layout Standard
7857 We ended this example by hitting
7862 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7866 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7874 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7887 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7895 \begin_layout Enumerate
7896 This is level #1, in an
7900 paragraph environment.
7901 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7916 Now, what happens if we nest an
7920 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7921 label be? An asterisk?
7925 \begin_layout Itemize
7935 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7936 So, its label is a bullet.
7937 (We got here by using
7945 , then changing the environment to
7953 \begin_layout Itemize
7954 Here's level #4, produced using
7963 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7968 \begin_layout Enumerate
7969 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7971 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7976 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7980 , because we are in the
8004 \begin_layout Enumerate
8009 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8010 type of numbering does LyX use?
8013 \begin_layout Enumerate
8014 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8018 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8021 \begin_layout Enumerate
8026 to decrease the depth after the next
8034 \begin_layout Enumerate
8036 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8040 \begin_layout Enumerate
8042 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8043 numeral as the label.Why?
8046 \begin_layout Enumerate
8047 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8056 Notice, however, that LyX
8060 reset the counter for the label.
8064 \begin_layout Enumerate
8073 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8074 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8075 into the twofold-nested
8083 \begin_layout Enumerate
8084 The same thing happens if we do another
8092 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8095 \begin_layout Standard
8096 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8101 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8115 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8121 The same rule applies for the
8125 environment, as well.
8128 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8129 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8132 \begin_layout Enumerate
8133 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8134 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8135 same detail with how we did it.
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8147 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8149 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8150 example in parentheses someplace.
8151 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8152 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8153 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8157 \begin_layout Enumerate
8162 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8167 Now we'll add verse.
8168 \begin_inset Newline newline
8171 It will get much worse.
8172 \begin_inset Newline newline
8177 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8183 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8184 \begin_inset Newline newline
8187 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8188 \begin_inset Newline newline
8201 \begin_layout Standard
8202 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8208 \begin_layout Standard
8210 \begin_inset Tabular
8211 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8213 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8214 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8302 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8306 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8312 \begin_layout Enumerate
8317 : level #1) This is another item.
8318 Note that selecting a
8322 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8323 3 times to put the table inside the
8331 \begin_layout Quotation
8332 We're now ending the
8336 list and changing to
8341 We're still at level #1.
8342 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8343 The next set of paragraphs is a
8344 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8358 \begin_inset space ~
8363 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8367 for the letter body.
8372 to preserve the depth.
8373 Remember that you need to use
8377 to create multiple lines inside the
8384 \begin_inset space ~
8394 \begin_layout Right Address
8396 \begin_inset Newline newline
8399 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8400 \begin_inset Newline newline
8406 \begin_layout Address
8408 \begin_inset space ~
8414 \begin_layout Quotation
8415 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8416 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8419 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8420 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8421 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8422 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8423 as soon as possible.
8424 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8427 \begin_layout Quotation
8428 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8429 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8430 with your order, along with payment.
8433 \begin_layout Quotation
8434 We thank you again for your patience.
8437 \begin_layout Address
8439 \begin_inset Newline newline
8446 \begin_layout Quotation
8447 That ends that example!
8450 \begin_layout Standard
8451 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8452 just a few keystrokes.
8453 We could have easily nested an
8474 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8477 \begin_layout Section
8478 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8491 \begin_layout Standard
8492 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8493 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8494 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8495 be broken at the end of a line.
8496 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8500 \begin_layout Subsection
8502 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8504 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8512 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8521 \begin_layout Standard
8522 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8524 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8528 Further documentation is given in section
8529 \begin_inset Newline newline
8533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8535 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8543 \begin_layout Standard
8544 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8545 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8553 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8557 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8559 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8568 A protected space is set with
8570 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8571 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8575 \begin_inset space ~
8589 \begin_layout Subsection
8591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8593 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8602 Spacing ! Horizontal
8610 \begin_layout Standard
8611 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8618 The length units are listed in Appendix
8619 \begin_inset space ~
8623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8625 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8632 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8636 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8655 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8659 \begin_inset space \space{}
8662 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8663 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8664 \begin_inset space ~
8668 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8670 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8675 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8676 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8683 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8687 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8704 \begin_layout Standard
8706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8713 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8722 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8723 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8724 inside abbreviations:
8729 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8733 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8734 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8738 \begin_inset space \space{}
8744 \begin_layout Standard
8745 or between values and units.
8746 Compare for example this:
8747 \begin_inset Newline newline
8751 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8755 \begin_inset Newline newline
8761 \begin_layout Standard
8762 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8764 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8765 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8767 \begin_inset space ~
8779 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8783 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8790 \begin_layout Standard
8791 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8794 \begin_layout Description
8796 \begin_inset space ~
8800 \begin_inset space ~
8804 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8808 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8812 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8815 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8818 \begin_layout Description
8820 \begin_inset space ~
8824 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8828 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8832 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8836 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8840 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8843 em) space between the arrows.
8846 \begin_layout Description
8848 \begin_inset space ~
8852 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8856 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8860 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8864 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8868 \begin_inset space ~
8872 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8875 em) space between the arrows.
8878 \begin_layout Description
8880 \begin_inset space ~
8884 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8888 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8892 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8896 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8900 \begin_inset space ~
8904 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8907 em) space between the arrows.
8910 \begin_layout Description
8912 \begin_inset space ~
8916 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8920 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8925 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8929 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8932 cm space between the arrows.
8935 \begin_layout Standard
8937 \begin_inset space ~
8941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8943 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8947 lists the different space sizes.
8950 \begin_layout Standard
8951 \begin_inset Float table
8956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8958 \begin_inset Caption
8960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8963 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8967 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8977 \begin_inset Tabular
8978 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8980 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8981 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9021 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9045 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9055 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9093 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9136 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9149 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9164 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9177 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9198 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9216 \begin_layout Standard
9217 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9218 in a uniform fashion.
9219 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9220 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9221 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9222 equally between themselves.
9226 \begin_layout Standard
9227 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9232 This is on the left side
9233 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9236 This is on the right
9242 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9246 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9255 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9259 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9263 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9269 \begin_layout Standard
9270 That was an example in the
9276 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9280 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9284 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9287 is one in a standard paragraph.
9288 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9292 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9295 \begin_layout Standard
9296 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9299 \begin_inset space ~
9304 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9307 \begin_layout Standard
9309 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9313 \begin_inset space ~
9319 \begin_layout Standard
9321 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9325 \begin_inset space ~
9331 \begin_layout Standard
9333 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9337 \begin_inset space ~
9343 \begin_layout Standard
9345 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9349 \begin_inset space ~
9355 \begin_layout Standard
9357 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9361 \begin_inset space ~
9367 \begin_layout Standard
9369 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9373 \begin_inset space ~
9379 \begin_layout Standard
9380 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9388 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9392 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9393 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9394 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9398 option in the space dialog.
9406 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9420 \begin_layout Standard
9421 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9423 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9426 \begin_layout Standard
9427 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9430 What is correct English?:
9431 \begin_inset Newline newline
9435 \begin_inset Newline newline
9439 \begin_inset space ~
9442 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9443 \begin_inset Newline newline
9450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9461 \begin_inset Newline newline
9468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9479 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9485 \begin_layout Standard
9486 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9491 \begin_inset space ~
9495 \begin_inset space ~
9499 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9503 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9521 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9525 for more information about TeX-Code.
9531 In our case write the command
9538 (note the space after
9539 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9543 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9546 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9547 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9548 That is why it is named
9549 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9553 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9561 There exists also the commands
9573 , but this too special for the LyX User Guide.
9574 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9575 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9577 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9589 \begin_layout Subsection
9591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9593 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9610 \begin_layout Standard
9611 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9614 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9616 \begin_inset space ~
9622 There you find the following sizes:
9625 \begin_layout Standard
9638 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9643 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9645 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9658 for the paragraph separation.
9659 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9670 \begin_layout Standard
9679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9685 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9686 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9688 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9689 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9698 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9707 s are described in section
9708 \begin_inset space ~
9712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9714 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9723 If there are several
9727 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9728 You can therefore use
9732 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9735 \begin_layout Standard
9740 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9741 \begin_inset space ~
9745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9747 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9754 \begin_layout Standard
9755 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9765 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9766 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9778 \begin_layout Subsection
9782 \begin_layout Standard
9783 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9785 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9789 There are four possibilities:
9792 \begin_layout Itemize
9798 \begin_layout Itemize
9804 \begin_layout Itemize
9810 \begin_layout Itemize
9816 \begin_layout Standard
9817 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9818 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9819 the left and right margins.
9820 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9823 \begin_layout Standard
9825 This paragraph is right aligned,
9828 \begin_layout Standard
9830 this one is centered,
9833 \begin_layout Standard
9835 this one is left aligned.
9838 \begin_layout Subsection
9843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9844 Page breaks ! Forced
9850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9852 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
9859 \begin_layout Standard
9860 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9861 can force a page break where you want one.
9862 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
9863 Only if you use many
9867 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9870 \begin_layout Standard
9871 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9872 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9876 have to change the page breaking.
9879 \begin_layout Standard
9880 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9882 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9884 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9885 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9887 \begin_inset space ~
9893 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9895 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9896 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9898 \begin_inset space ~
9903 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9905 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
9906 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9909 \begin_layout Standard
9910 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
9911 at the top of a page.
9912 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9913 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9914 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9915 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9919 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9930 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9932 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9934 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
9942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9953 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9954 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9955 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9956 if necessary by adding pages.
9959 \begin_layout Standard
9960 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
9962 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9963 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9965 \begin_inset space ~
9971 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9973 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9974 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9976 \begin_inset space ~
9980 \begin_inset space ~
9985 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9986 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9989 \begin_layout Subsection
9994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10001 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10003 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10010 \begin_layout Standard
10011 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10013 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10015 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10016 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10018 \begin_inset space ~
10022 \begin_inset space ~
10032 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10034 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10035 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10037 \begin_inset space ~
10041 \begin_inset space ~
10046 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10048 This is necessary to avoid
10049 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10053 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10056 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10059 \begin_layout Standard
10060 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10061 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10062 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10063 set a line break, e.g.
10064 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10065 \begin_inset space ~
10069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10071 reference "sec:Quote"
10076 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10078 reference "sec:Verse"
10083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10085 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10092 \begin_layout Subsection
10094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10096 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10113 \begin_layout Standard
10118 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10119 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10121 \begin_inset space ~
10126 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10132 \begin_layout Section
10133 Characters and Symbols
10136 \begin_layout Standard
10137 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10138 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10139 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10143 \begin_inset space ~
10146 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10148 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10152 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10154 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10158 for informations how this is done.
10161 \begin_layout Standard
10162 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10167 dialog via the menu
10169 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10170 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10176 \begin_layout Standard
10177 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10186 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10187 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10195 \begin_layout Section
10196 Fonts and Text Styles
10197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10199 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10206 \begin_layout Subsection
10211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10220 \begin_layout Standard
10221 There are two types of fonts:
10224 \begin_layout Description
10226 \begin_inset space ~
10233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10239 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10240 characters) in the font.
10241 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10242 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10243 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10244 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10245 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10246 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10247 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10248 provide a good image.
10249 \begin_inset Newline newline
10252 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10253 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10254 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10255 sizes than at small ones.
10256 \begin_inset Newline newline
10270 \begin_inset space ~
10278 \begin_layout Description
10280 \begin_inset space ~
10287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10293 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10294 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10295 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10296 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10297 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10298 picture manipulation program.
10299 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10300 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10301 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10302 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10303 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10305 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10306 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10307 \begin_inset Newline newline
10310 Bitmap fonts are named
10313 \begin_inset space ~
10318 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10321 \begin_layout Standard
10322 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10323 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10324 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10325 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10329 \begin_layout Standard
10330 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10331 its document properties.
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10336 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10337 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10338 font to emphasize text, you use an
10339 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10347 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10348 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10352 \begin_layout Subsection
10353 Document Font and Font size
10354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10356 name "sub:Document-Font"
10364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10383 \begin_layout Standard
10384 You can set the document fonts in the
10386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10394 Document ! Settings
10400 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10401 font shapes roman (serif),
10404 \begin_inset space ~
10416 \begin_layout Standard
10417 The possible options for the font include
10421 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10426 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10427 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10448 European Computer Modern
10451 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10461 \begin_layout Standard
10470 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10471 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10476 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10479 \begin_inset space ~
10484 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10490 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10491 There are three ways to use one:
10494 \begin_layout Itemize
10495 One way is to use the
10505 Virtual means that it
10506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10517 -glyphs from other fonts.
10518 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10528 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10532 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10540 Loading the LaTeX-package
10548 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10549 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10554 with the document preamble line
10557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10562 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10566 will fix the guillemet problem.
10571 and that accented characters are not
10575 glyph, they are build of
10579 characters, the accent and the letter.
10580 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10584 fonts for words with accented characters.
10585 If you search for example for the French word
10586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10590 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10593 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10595 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10599 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10602 and not for the glyph
10603 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10607 \begin_inset space ~
10611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10617 \begin_layout Itemize
10618 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10631 , consists of these three main font types
10634 \begin_inset space ~
10663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10667 \begin_inset space ~
10674 as typewriter font.
10675 \begin_inset Newline newline
10678 The differences between roman,
10681 \begin_inset space ~
10690 fonts are explained in section
10691 \begin_inset space ~
10695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10697 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10702 \begin_inset Newline newline
10709 was originally designed for newspapers.
10710 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10711 into the small newspaper columns.
10716 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10719 \begin_layout Itemize
10720 The best solution is to use the
10729 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10734 In most cases they look the same as
10742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10743 One difference is improved kerning for the
10756 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10767 \begin_layout Standard
10768 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10771 For the font size there are four possible values:
10788 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10791 \begin_layout Standard
10792 The font sizes are the
10797 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
10798 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10799 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10802 \begin_inset space ~
10808 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10809 \begin_inset space ~
10813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10815 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10822 \begin_layout Standard
10827 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
10828 a font to display the script characters.
10832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10833 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
10838 So this has no effect for the document language
10854 \begin_layout Standard
10855 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10859 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10867 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10871 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10872 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10873 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10875 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10878 dialog, see section
10879 \begin_inset space ~
10883 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10885 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10897 \begin_layout Subsection
10898 Using Different Character Styles
10902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10921 \begin_layout Standard
10922 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10923 certain paragraph environments.
10924 LyX supports two character styles,
10933 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10937 \begin_layout Standard
10942 style, do one of the following:
10945 \begin_layout Itemize
10946 click on the toolbar button
10947 \begin_inset Graphics
10948 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10955 \begin_layout Itemize
10956 use the key binding
10959 \begin_inset space ~
10965 \begin_layout Standard
10966 These commands are all toggles.
10971 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10974 \begin_layout Standard
10975 One typically uses the
10979 style for proper names.
10981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10988 is the original author of LyX.
10989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10995 \begin_layout Standard
10996 A more widely used character style is the
11001 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
11008 \begin_layout Itemize
11009 clicking on the toolbar button
11010 \begin_inset Graphics
11011 filename ../images/font-emph.png
11018 \begin_layout Itemize
11019 using the keybindings
11022 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_layout Standard
11033 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11034 es use a different font.
11037 \begin_layout Standard
11038 We've been using the
11042 style all over the place in this document.
11043 Here's one more example:
11046 \begin_layout Quotation
11049 Don't overuse character styles!
11052 \begin_layout Standard
11053 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11054 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11055 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11056 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11060 \begin_layout Standard
11061 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11064 \begin_inset space ~
11071 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11073 \begin_inset space ~
11081 \begin_layout Subsection
11082 Fine-Tuning with the
11087 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11089 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11106 \begin_layout Standard
11107 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
11108 gives you a way to create custom character style.
11109 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11110 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11111 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11112 from ordinary dialog.
11115 \begin_layout Standard
11116 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11117 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11118 \begin_inset Newline newline
11121 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11122 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
11125 \begin_layout Standard
11126 To use custom character styles, open the
11128 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11130 \begin_inset space ~
11136 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11137 font property which you can choose.
11138 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11141 \begin_inset space ~
11146 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11151 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11152 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11153 environments in a snap.
11156 \begin_layout Standard
11157 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11160 \begin_inset space ~
11172 \begin_layout Labeling
11173 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11179 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11187 The possible options are:
11191 \begin_layout Labeling
11192 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11197 This is the Roman font family.
11198 Normally a serif font.
11199 It's also the default family.
11204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11216 \begin_inset space ~
11225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11233 \begin_inset Note Note
11236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11237 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11238 It is explained in section
11239 \begin_inset space ~
11243 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11245 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11257 \begin_layout Labeling
11258 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11262 \begin_inset space ~
11269 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11288 \begin_inset space ~
11297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11307 \begin_layout Labeling
11308 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11315 This is the Typewriter font family.
11322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11334 \begin_inset space ~
11343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11356 \begin_layout Labeling
11357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11362 This corresponds to the print weight.
11367 \begin_layout Labeling
11368 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11373 This is the Medium font series.
11374 It's also the default series.
11377 \begin_layout Labeling
11378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11385 This is the Bold font series.
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11404 \begin_inset space ~
11413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 \begin_layout Labeling
11425 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11430 As the name implies.
11435 \begin_layout Labeling
11436 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11441 This is the Upright font shape.
11442 It's also the default shape.
11445 \begin_layout Labeling
11446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11460 s the Italic font shape
11466 \begin_layout Labeling
11467 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11474 This is the Slanted font shape
11476 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11479 \begin_layout Labeling
11480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11484 \begin_inset space ~
11491 This is the Small caps font shape
11498 \begin_layout Labeling
11499 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11504 Alters the size of the font.
11505 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11506 nal to the document font size.
11507 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11508 what you want to do.
11513 \begin_layout Labeling
11514 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11522 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11548 \begin_inset space ~
11557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11580 \begin_inset space ~
11589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11599 \begin_layout Labeling
11600 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11634 \begin_inset space ~
11643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11653 \begin_layout Labeling
11654 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11662 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11666 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11688 \begin_inset space ~
11697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11720 \begin_inset space ~
11729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11739 \begin_layout Labeling
11740 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11752 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11774 \begin_inset space ~
11783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11806 \begin_inset space ~
11815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11825 \begin_layout Labeling
11826 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11832 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11836 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11840 It's also the default size.
11845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11857 \begin_inset space ~
11866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11889 \begin_inset space ~
11898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11908 \begin_layout Labeling
11909 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11917 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11921 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11943 \begin_inset space ~
11952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11975 \begin_inset space ~
11984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11994 \begin_layout Labeling
11995 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12003 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12007 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12029 \begin_inset space ~
12038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12061 \begin_inset space ~
12070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12080 \begin_layout Labeling
12081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12089 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12093 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12115 \begin_inset space ~
12124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12134 \begin_layout Labeling
12135 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12147 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12169 \begin_inset space ~
12178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12201 \begin_inset space ~
12210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12220 \begin_layout Labeling
12221 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12255 \begin_inset space ~
12264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12287 \begin_inset space ~
12296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12307 \begin_layout Standard
12312 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12313 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12314 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12315 - use that instead.
12316 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12319 \begin_layout Labeling
12320 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12325 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12330 \begin_layout Labeling
12331 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12338 This is text with emphasize on
12341 This might seem like the same as
12345 , but it is actually a bit different.
12351 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12353 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12356 \begin_layout Labeling
12357 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12364 This is text with Underbar on.
12371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12383 \begin_inset space ~
12392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12402 \begin_inset Newline newline
12407 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12408 when you couldn't change fonts.
12409 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12410 It's only included in LyX because some people
12414 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12417 \begin_layout Labeling
12418 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12425 This is text with Noun on.
12432 , this is a logical attribute.
12433 Normally it's equivalent to
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12445 \begin_layout Labeling
12446 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12451 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12452 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12456 \begin_inset space ~
12461 , which is the default
12462 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12466 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12469 and means normally black, you can choose between
12505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12514 \begin_layout Labeling
12515 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12520 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12521 the language of the document.
12522 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12526 \begin_layout Standard
12527 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12528 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12530 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12532 \begin_inset space ~
12537 dialog, the settings are saved.
12538 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12539 \begin_inset Graphics
12540 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12545 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12546 when the dialog isn't visible.
12550 \begin_layout Standard
12551 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12554 \begin_inset space ~
12560 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12561 (suppose you just set the shape to
12562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12580 \begin_inset space ~
12592 \begin_layout Standard
12593 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12601 \begin_inset space ~
12613 \begin_layout Itemize
12619 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12623 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12626 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12635 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12644 \begin_inset Newline newline
12651 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12676 \begin_inset Note Note
12679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12680 For more on phantoms see section
12681 \begin_inset space ~
12685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12687 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12697 \begin_inset Newline newline
12703 \begin_layout Itemize
12708 fonts use characters with serifs.
12709 These are the small
12710 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12717 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12718 The following example will show the difference:
12719 \begin_inset Newline newline
12723 \begin_inset Newline newline
12728 text without serifs
12731 \begin_inset Newline newline
12734 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12735 They are therefore used as default font (named
12742 \begin_layout Itemize
12748 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12749 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12752 \begin_layout Standard
12753 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12754 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12757 \begin_layout Section
12758 Printing and Previewing
12761 \begin_layout Subsection
12765 \begin_layout Standard
12766 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12767 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12768 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12769 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12770 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12773 \begin_inset space ~
12781 \begin_layout Standard
12782 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12783 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12784 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12785 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12786 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12787 This happens in two stages:
12790 \begin_layout Enumerate
12791 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12792 generating a file with the extension,
12793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12801 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12807 \begin_layout Enumerate
12808 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12812 file to produce printable output.
12816 \begin_layout Subsection
12817 Output file formats
12821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12830 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12843 File formats ! ASCII
12851 \begin_layout Standard
12852 This file type has the extension
12853 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12861 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12865 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12866 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12869 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12876 \begin_layout Standard
12877 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12879 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12880 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12886 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12892 File formats ! LaTeX
12900 \begin_layout Standard
12901 This file type has the extension
12902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12913 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12915 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12916 it manually with console commands.
12917 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12918 you view or export your document.
12921 \begin_layout Standard
12922 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12924 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12925 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12942 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12956 \begin_layout Standard
12957 This file type has the extension
12958 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12966 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12971 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12975 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12979 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12980 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12982 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12986 \begin_layout Standard
12987 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12995 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12996 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
13001 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
13002 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
13003 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
13004 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
13007 \begin_layout Standard
13008 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
13010 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13011 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13017 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13023 File formats ! PostScript
13031 \begin_layout Standard
13032 This file type has the extension
13033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13041 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 PostScript was developed by the company
13049 as printer language.
13050 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
13052 PostScript can be seen as
13053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13056 programming language
13057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13060 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
13064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13065 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
13074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13075 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
13085 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
13088 \begin_layout Standard
13089 PostScript can only contain images in the format
13090 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13093 Encapsulated PostScript
13094 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13097 (EPS, file extension
13098 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13106 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13110 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
13111 to convert them in the background to EPS.
13112 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
13113 whenever you view or export your document.
13114 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
13115 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
13116 EPS to avoid this problem.
13119 \begin_layout Standard
13120 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
13122 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13123 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13129 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13144 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13153 \begin_layout Standard
13154 This file type has the extension
13155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13168 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13171 Portable Document Format
13172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13175 (PDF) is developed by
13179 as derivative from PostScript.
13180 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13190 looks exactly the same.
13193 \begin_layout Standard
13194 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13195 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13198 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13199 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13202 (JPG, file extension
13203 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13227 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13230 Portable Network Graphics
13231 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13234 (PNG, file extension
13235 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13243 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13247 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13248 in the background to one of these formats.
13249 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13250 will slow down your workflow.
13251 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13254 \begin_layout Standard
13255 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13257 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13260 in three different ways:
13263 \begin_layout Description
13264 PDF This uses the program
13268 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13269 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13273 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13274 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13277 \begin_layout Description
13279 \begin_inset space ~
13282 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13286 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13290 \begin_layout Description
13292 \begin_inset space ~
13295 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13299 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13302 \begin_layout Standard
13303 We recommend to use
13306 \begin_inset space ~
13315 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13321 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13324 \begin_layout Subsection
13329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13338 \begin_layout Standard
13339 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13340 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13344 and choose a file type.
13345 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13348 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13351 you can use the toolbar button
13352 \begin_inset Graphics
13353 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13363 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13365 \begin_inset space ~
13371 \begin_inset Graphics
13372 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13378 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13382 \begin_inset Graphics
13383 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13394 \begin_layout Standard
13395 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13396 viewer window using the menu
13398 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13404 \begin_layout Standard
13405 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13407 To have a real output, export your document.
13410 \begin_layout Subsection
13411 Printing the File from within LyX
13412 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13414 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13421 \begin_layout Standard
13422 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13423 it directly from within LyX.
13424 To print a file, select the menu
13426 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13429 or click on the toolbar button
13430 \begin_inset Graphics
13431 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13436 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13437 This file is then processed by the program
13441 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13446 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13449 \begin_layout Standard
13450 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13451 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13452 printing one set to print on the other side.
13453 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13454 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13455 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13458 \begin_layout Standard
13459 You can set the parameters in the
13462 \begin_inset space ~
13470 \begin_layout Labeling
13471 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13476 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13481 Note that this printer name is for the program
13490 has to be configured for this printer name.
13491 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13492 \begin_inset space ~
13496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13498 reference "sub:Printer"
13507 The printer should understand PostScript.
13510 \begin_layout Labeling
13511 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13516 The name of a file to print to.
13517 The output will be a PostScript file.
13518 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13522 \begin_layout Section
13523 A few Words about Typography
13527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13536 \begin_layout Subsection
13541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13550 \begin_layout Standard
13552 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13563 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13578 \begin_layout Enumerate
13580 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13584 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13588 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13596 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13602 \begin_layout Enumerate
13604 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13608 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13639 \begin_layout Enumerate
13641 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13645 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13683 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13689 \begin_layout Enumerate
13691 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13695 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13699 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13703 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13711 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 You generate them by inserting the
13719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13727 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13730 character multiple times in a row.
13731 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13732 final output, but not in LyX.
13735 \begin_layout Standard
13736 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13737 math mode and has a length of its own.
13738 Here are some examples of the
13739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13753 \begin_layout Enumerate
13754 line- and page-breaks
13755 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13765 \begin_layout Enumerate
13767 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13777 \begin_layout Enumerate
13778 Oh --- there's a dash.
13779 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13789 \begin_layout Enumerate
13790 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13794 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13804 \begin_layout Subsection
13809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13816 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13818 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13825 \begin_layout Standard
13826 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13827 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13836 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13841 following the rules of the document language
13845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13846 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13854 \begin_inset space ~
13858 \begin_inset space ~
13865 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13882 and with unusual constructs, like
13883 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13887 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13892 This is done with the menu
13894 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13895 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13897 \begin_inset space ~
13903 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13904 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13907 \begin_layout Standard
13908 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13909 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13910 a hyphen and a space in the form
13911 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13915 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13919 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13920 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13924 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 as hyphenation possibility.
13928 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13929 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13930 of the LaTeX-box-command
13936 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13937 As LyX doesn't support
13943 , we have to use TeX Code.
13944 The result looks in LyX like:
13947 \begin_layout Standard
13948 \begin_inset Graphics
13949 filename clipart/mbox.png
13956 \begin_layout Standard
13957 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13958 \begin_inset space ~
13962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13964 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13971 \begin_layout Subsection
13976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13986 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13987 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13989 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13996 \begin_layout Standard
13997 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13998 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13999 LaTeX then adds the
14000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14003 appropriate amount of space
14004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14008 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
14010 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
14013 \begin_layout Standard
14014 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
14017 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14025 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14028 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
14029 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
14032 \begin_layout Standard
14033 Here are some examples of
14037 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
14040 \begin_layout Itemize
14045 \begin_layout Itemize
14050 \begin_layout Standard
14051 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14054 \begin_layout Itemize
14057 this is too much space!
14060 \begin_layout Itemize
14065 \begin_layout Standard
14066 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14069 \begin_layout Standard
14070 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14073 \begin_layout Enumerate
14077 \begin_inset space ~
14082 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14083 \begin_inset space ~
14087 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14089 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14098 Spaces ! inter-word
14106 \begin_layout Enumerate
14110 \begin_inset space ~
14115 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14116 \begin_inset space ~
14120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14122 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14139 \begin_layout Enumerate
14143 \begin_inset space ~
14147 \begin_inset space ~
14151 \begin_inset space ~
14158 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14160 \begin_inset space ~
14165 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14166 This function is also bound to
14173 \begin_layout Standard
14174 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14177 \begin_layout Itemize
14179 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14183 \begin_inset space \space{}
14186 this is too much space!
14189 \begin_layout Itemize
14190 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14194 \begin_layout Standard
14195 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14196 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14197 LaTeX will care about this.
14200 \begin_layout Standard
14201 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14205 \begin_inset space ~
14210 feature described in section
14221 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14227 Typography ! Quotes
14236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14241 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 \begin_layout Standard
14268 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14269 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14270 and use a closing quote at the end.
14272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14280 The keyboard character,
14284 , generates this automatically.
14287 \begin_layout Standard
14288 You can change the behavior of the
14292 key using the submenu
14298 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14306 Document ! Settings
14314 \begin_layout Standard
14315 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14320 There are six choices:
14323 \begin_layout Labeling
14324 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14327 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14336 Use quotes like this
14337 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14341 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14345 \begin_inset Quotes els
14349 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14355 \begin_layout Labeling
14356 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14359 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14363 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14369 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14373 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14377 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14383 \begin_layout Labeling
14384 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14387 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14391 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14397 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14401 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14405 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14409 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14415 \begin_layout Labeling
14416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14419 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14423 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14429 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14433 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14437 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14441 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14447 \begin_layout Labeling
14448 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14451 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14455 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14461 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14465 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14469 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14473 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14479 \begin_layout Labeling
14480 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14483 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14487 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14493 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14497 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14501 \begin_inset Quotes als
14505 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14511 \begin_layout Standard
14512 These settings affects what character the
14519 \begin_layout Subsection
14524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14525 Typography ! Ligatures
14534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14563 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14565 name "sub:Ligatures"
14572 \begin_layout Standard
14573 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14574 print them as single characters.
14575 These groups are known as
14580 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14582 Here are the standard ligatures:
14585 \begin_layout Itemize
14589 \begin_layout Itemize
14593 \begin_layout Itemize
14597 \begin_layout Itemize
14601 \begin_layout Itemize
14605 \begin_layout Standard
14606 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14609 \begin_layout Standard
14610 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14611 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14612 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14616 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14619 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14635 To break a ligature, use
14637 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14638 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14640 \begin_inset space ~
14647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14655 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14658 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14664 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14668 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14675 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14683 \begin_layout Subsection
14688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14695 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14697 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14704 \begin_layout Standard
14705 You have surely noticed, that the word
14706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14713 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14714 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14715 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14716 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14731 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14735 \begin_inset Note Note
14738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14739 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14747 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14748 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14753 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14757 \begin_layout Description
14758 LyX The name of the game, write
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14780 \begin_layout Description
14781 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14803 \begin_layout Description
14804 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14826 \begin_layout Description
14827 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14828 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14849 \begin_layout Standard
14850 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14855 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14863 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14864 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14865 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14868 : The actual version is
14869 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14873 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14876 , the previous one was
14877 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14881 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14887 \begin_layout Standard
14888 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14889 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14891 This will look in LyX like:
14892 \begin_inset Graphics
14893 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14899 \begin_inset Newline newline
14902 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14903 \begin_inset space ~
14907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14909 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14916 \begin_layout Subsection
14921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14930 \begin_layout Standard
14931 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14932 space between two words.
14933 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14936 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14943 for units use the menu
14945 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14946 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14948 \begin_inset space ~
14960 \begin_layout Standard
14961 Here's an example to show the differences:
14964 \begin_layout Standard
14965 \begin_inset Tabular
14966 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14968 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14969 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14976 \begin_inset space ~
14980 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14992 space between number and unit
14999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15004 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
15008 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
15016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
15019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15020 half space between number and unit
15033 \begin_layout Subsection
15038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15039 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15047 \begin_layout Standard
15048 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15050 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15051 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15052 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15053 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15054 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15055 These bits of text became known as
15066 \begin_layout Standard
15067 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15068 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15069 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15070 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15071 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15072 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15073 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15076 \begin_layout Standard
15077 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15078 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15079 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15080 \begin_inset space ~
15084 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15086 key "latexcompanion"
15091 \begin_inset space ~
15095 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15101 ] may have more information.
15102 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15105 \begin_layout Chapter
15106 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15107 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15109 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15116 \begin_layout Standard
15117 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15122 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15125 \begin_layout Section
15130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15146 \begin_layout Standard
15147 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15150 \begin_layout Description
15152 \begin_inset space ~
15155 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15156 \begin_inset Newline newline
15160 \begin_inset Note Note
15163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15164 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15172 \begin_layout Description
15173 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15174 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15176 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15177 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15178 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15181 \begin_inset Newline newline
15185 \begin_inset Note Comment
15188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15189 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15197 \begin_layout Description
15199 \begin_inset space ~
15202 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15203 \begin_inset Newline newline
15207 \begin_inset Newline newline
15211 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15220 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15221 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15222 How this can be done is explained in the
15231 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15237 \begin_inset Newline newline
15241 \begin_inset Newline newline
15244 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15245 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15248 \begin_layout Standard
15249 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15250 \begin_inset Graphics
15251 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15253 scaleBeforeRotation
15259 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15263 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15266 \begin_layout Section
15271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15280 name "sec:Footnotes"
15287 \begin_layout Standard
15288 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15291 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15294 or the toolbar button
15295 \begin_inset Graphics
15296 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15309 \begin_inset Graphics
15310 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15319 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15329 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15337 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15348 label, the box will
15352 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15353 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15366 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15382 \begin_layout Standard
15383 Here's an example footnote:
15391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15392 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15400 \begin_layout Standard
15401 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15402 position where the footnote box is placed.
15403 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15404 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15405 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15406 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15407 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15412 ey are described in the
15419 \begin_layout Section
15424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15433 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15440 \begin_layout Standard
15441 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15442 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15446 \begin_inset space ~
15451 or the toolbar button
15452 \begin_inset Graphics
15453 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15473 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15477 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15480 appearing within your text.
15481 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15490 \begin_layout Standard
15491 At the side is an example marginal note.
15495 \begin_inset Marginal
15498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15499 This is a marginal note.
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15509 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15510 pages, right on odd pages.
15513 \begin_layout Section
15514 Graphics and Images
15518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15535 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15537 name "sec:Graphics"
15544 \begin_layout Standard
15545 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15546 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15547 \begin_inset Graphics
15548 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15554 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15558 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15561 \begin_layout Standard
15562 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15567 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15568 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15570 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15577 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15584 \begin_layout Standard
15589 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15590 of the image in the output.
15591 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15595 \begin_inset space ~
15599 \begin_inset space ~
15608 \begin_inset space ~
15612 \begin_inset space ~
15616 \begin_inset space ~
15621 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15622 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15630 \begin_layout Standard
15633 LaTeX and LyX options
15635 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15636 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15640 \begin_inset space ~
15645 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15646 with the image size is printed.
15650 \begin_inset space ~
15654 \begin_inset space ~
15658 \begin_inset space ~
15663 is explained in the
15674 \begin_layout Standard
15675 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15676 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15678 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15682 \begin_layout Standard
15684 \begin_inset Graphics
15685 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15687 rotateOrigin center
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15696 the image into a float, see section
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15703 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15710 \begin_layout Subsection
15715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15722 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15724 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15731 \begin_layout Standard
15732 You can insert images in any known file format.
15733 But as we explained in section
15734 \begin_inset space ~
15738 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15740 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15744 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15745 LyX uses therefore the program
15749 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15750 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15751 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15752 \begin_inset space ~
15756 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15758 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15765 \begin_layout Standard
15766 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15769 \begin_layout Description
15771 \begin_inset space ~
15774 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15775 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15776 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15780 Graphics Interchange Format
15781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15784 (GIF, file extension
15785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15793 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15800 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15829 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15832 Portable Network Graphics
15833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15836 (PNG, file extension
15837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15881 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15884 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15885 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15888 (JPG, file extension
15889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15901 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15947 \begin_layout Description
15949 \begin_inset space ~
15952 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15954 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15955 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15956 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15957 \begin_inset Newline newline
15960 Scalable image formats can be
15961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15964 Scalable Vector Graphics
15965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15968 (SVG, file extension
15969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16013 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16016 Encapsulated PostScript
16017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16020 (EPS, file extension
16021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16065 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16068 Portable Document Format
16069 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16072 (PDF, file extension
16073 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16095 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16096 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16097 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16103 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16111 \begin_layout Standard
16112 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16116 \begin_layout Subsection
16117 Grouping of Image Settings
16121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16122 Images ! Settings grouping
16130 \begin_layout Standard
16131 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16133 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16134 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16136 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16137 need to manually change each of them.
16141 \begin_layout Standard
16142 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16145 \begin_inset space ~
16149 \begin_inset space ~
16154 field in the Graphics dialog.
16155 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16156 by checking the name of the desired group.
16159 \begin_layout Section
16164 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16171 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16180 \begin_layout Standard
16181 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16182 \begin_inset Graphics
16183 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16190 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16194 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16195 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16196 from the rest of the table.
16197 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16198 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16200 Here's an example table:
16203 \begin_layout Standard
16205 \begin_inset Tabular
16206 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16208 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16209 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16210 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16211 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16249 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16307 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16334 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16411 \begin_layout Subsection
16415 \begin_layout Standard
16416 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16417 brings up the table dialog.
16418 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16419 where the cursor is placed currently.
16420 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16421 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16422 done on all of your selection.
16425 \begin_layout Standard
16426 Additionally to the table dialog the
16429 \begin_inset space ~
16434 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16436 It is for example currently only possible to add
16437 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16441 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16444 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16447 \begin_layout Standard
16451 \begin_inset space ~
16456 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16457 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16458 current cell respectively.
16459 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16461 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16462 of text, see section
16463 \begin_inset space ~
16467 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16469 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16476 \begin_layout Standard
16477 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16483 This will merge the cells to
16487 cell, spread over more than one column.
16488 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16489 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16490 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16491 in the last row without the upper border:
16494 \begin_layout Standard
16496 \begin_inset Tabular
16497 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16498 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16500 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16513 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16522 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16598 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16633 \begin_layout Standard
16634 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16635 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16636 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16637 explained in the tables section of the
16640 \begin_inset space ~
16646 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16647 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16650 degrees counterclockwise.
16651 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16654 \begin_layout Standard
16655 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16663 Most DVI-viewers are
16667 able to display rotations.
16675 \begin_layout Standard
16680 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16685 adds lines for all cell borders.
16688 \begin_layout Subsection
16693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16694 Tables ! Longtables
16703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16712 \begin_layout Standard
16713 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16716 \begin_inset space ~
16720 \begin_inset space ~
16729 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16730 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16733 \begin_layout Description
16738 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16739 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16740 except for the first page, if
16743 \begin_inset space ~
16751 \begin_layout Description
16755 \begin_inset space ~
16760 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16761 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16764 \begin_layout Description
16769 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16770 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16771 except for the last page, if
16774 \begin_inset space ~
16782 \begin_layout Description
16786 \begin_inset space ~
16791 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16792 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16795 \begin_layout Description
16796 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16797 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16799 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16803 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16806 \begin_inset space ~
16814 \begin_layout Standard
16815 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16816 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16817 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16818 The others will then be defined as
16823 In this context, first means first in this order:
16826 \begin_inset space ~
16838 \begin_inset space ~
16844 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16847 \begin_layout Standard
16849 \begin_inset Tabular
16850 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16851 <features islongtable="true">
16852 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16853 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16854 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16855 <row endfirsthead="true">
16856 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16862 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16867 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16876 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16886 <row endfirsthead="true">
16887 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16898 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16907 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16919 <row endhead="true">
16920 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16931 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16940 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16950 <row endhead="true">
16951 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16962 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16971 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16983 <row endfoot="true">
16984 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17883 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17894 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17976 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18842 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18873 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18904 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18935 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18955 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18958 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <row endlastfoot="true">
18966 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18977 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18986 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19003 \begin_layout Subsection
19008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19015 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19017 name "sub:Table-Cells"
19024 \begin_layout Standard
19025 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
19026 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
19027 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
19028 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
19032 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
19033 for the cell's paragraph.
19036 \begin_layout Standard
19037 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
19038 for the column in the table dialog.
19039 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
19040 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
19044 \begin_layout Standard
19046 \begin_inset Tabular
19047 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19049 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19050 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19051 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19071 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19140 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19196 This is longer now.
19201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19252 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19253 This is longer now.
19258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19284 \begin_layout Standard
19285 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19286 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19291 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19292 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19298 Selection with the mouse or with
19302 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19303 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19304 the selection from outside the table.
19307 \begin_layout Section
19312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19319 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19328 \begin_layout Standard
19329 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19330 have a fixed location.
19332 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19336 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19339 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19347 \begin_inset space ~
19352 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19353 too much notes at the page.
19356 \begin_layout Standard
19357 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19358 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19359 and pages without text.
19360 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19361 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19362 Floats are therefore numbered.
19363 Referencing is described in section
19364 \begin_inset space ~
19368 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19370 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19377 \begin_layout Standard
19378 To insert a float, use the menu
19380 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19384 A box with a caption that has e.
19385 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19389 \begin_inset space ~
19393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19397 \begin_inset space ~
19401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19404 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19405 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19407 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19417 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19418 paragraph within the float.
19419 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19420 by left-clicking on the box label.
19421 A closed float box looks like this:
19422 \begin_inset Graphics
19423 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19428 -- a gray button with a red label.
19431 \begin_layout Standard
19432 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19433 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19436 \begin_layout Subsection
19440 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19446 Floats ! Figure floats
19452 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19454 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19461 \begin_layout Standard
19464 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19465 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19468 inserts a float with the label
19469 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19475 \begin_inset space ~
19481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19485 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19486 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19487 This is what we did for Figure
19488 \begin_inset space ~
19492 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19494 reference "cap:Platypus"
19499 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19500 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19501 This was done in Figure
19502 \begin_inset space ~
19506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19508 reference "cap:Escher"
19515 \begin_layout Standard
19516 \begin_inset Float figure
19521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19523 \begin_inset Graphics
19524 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19526 rotateOrigin center
19533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19534 \begin_inset Caption
19536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19537 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19539 name "cap:Platypus"
19543 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19556 \begin_layout Standard
19557 \begin_inset Float figure
19562 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19563 \begin_inset Caption
19565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19566 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset Graphics
19584 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19586 rotateOrigin center
19598 \begin_layout Standard
19599 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19601 As described in section
19602 \begin_inset space ~
19606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19608 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19612 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19617 and refer to it using the menu
19619 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19623 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19632 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19644 \begin_layout Standard
19645 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19646 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19647 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19648 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19650 \begin_inset space ~
19654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19656 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19660 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19661 You can also set the images one below the other.
19663 \begin_inset space ~
19667 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19669 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19676 reference "fig:Platypus"
19680 are the subfigures.
19683 \begin_layout Standard
19684 \begin_inset Float figure
19689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19690 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19694 \begin_inset Float figure
19699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19700 \begin_inset Caption
19702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19703 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19705 name "fig:Undefinable"
19717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19718 \begin_inset Graphics
19719 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19730 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19734 \begin_inset Float figure
19739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19740 \begin_inset Caption
19742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19745 name "fig:Platypus"
19757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19758 \begin_inset Graphics
19759 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19771 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19778 \begin_inset Caption
19780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19781 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19783 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19787 Two distorted images.
19800 \begin_layout Standard
19801 Note that the caption is added to the
19804 \begin_inset space ~
19808 \begin_inset space ~
19813 as described in section
19814 \begin_inset space ~
19818 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19820 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19827 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19833 Floats ! Table floats
19841 \begin_layout Standard
19842 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19844 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19845 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19849 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19852 \begin_inset space ~
19856 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19858 reference "cap:Table-float"
19862 is an example of a table float.
19865 \begin_layout Standard
19866 \begin_inset Float table
19871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19872 \begin_inset Caption
19874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19875 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19877 name "cap:Table-float"
19889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19891 \begin_inset Tabular
19892 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19894 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19895 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19896 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20023 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
20031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20044 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20046 c & d\end{array}\right]$
20054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20088 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20094 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20102 \begin_layout Standard
20103 This float type is inserted with the menu
20105 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20106 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20110 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20111 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20115 , described in section
20116 \begin_inset space ~
20120 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20122 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20129 \begin_layout Standard
20130 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20133 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20138 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20144 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20147 \begin_layout Standard
20152 floatname{algorithm}{your
20153 \begin_inset space ~
20159 \begin_layout Standard
20160 to the document preamble (menu
20162 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20169 \begin_inset space ~
20175 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20183 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20189 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20195 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20203 \begin_layout Standard
20204 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20212 \begin_inset Graphics
20213 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20215 rotateOrigin center
20222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20223 \begin_inset Caption
20225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20226 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20228 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20232 This is a wrapped figure.
20233 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20246 This float type is used if you want to
20247 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20251 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20254 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20256 It can be inserted using the menu
20258 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20259 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20261 \begin_inset space ~
20266 if the LaTeX-package
20274 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20275 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20285 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20288 \begin_inset space ~
20298 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20301 \begin_inset space ~
20305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20307 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20311 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20312 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20320 Available units are explained in Appendix
20321 \begin_inset space ~
20325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20327 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20336 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20340 \begin_layout Standard
20341 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20349 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20350 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20351 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20352 over some other text.
20360 \begin_layout Itemize
20361 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20362 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20363 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20364 breaks will appear.
20367 \begin_layout Itemize
20368 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20369 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20372 \begin_layout Itemize
20373 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20374 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20377 \begin_layout Itemize
20378 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20381 \begin_layout Subsection
20383 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20385 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20402 \begin_layout Standard
20403 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20404 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20408 \begin_inset space ~
20416 \begin_layout Standard
20417 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20418 have a multi-column document).
20419 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20422 \begin_inset space ~
20428 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20429 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20436 \begin_layout Standard
20437 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20438 format is also the same: Table
20439 \begin_inset space ~
20443 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20445 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20449 is an example of a rotated table float.
20452 \begin_layout Standard
20453 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20461 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20469 \begin_layout Standard
20470 \begin_inset Float table
20475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20476 \begin_inset Caption
20478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20479 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20481 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20495 \begin_inset Tabular
20496 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20498 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20499 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20500 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20501 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20502 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20540 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20562 \begin_layout Subsection
20564 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20566 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20583 \begin_layout Standard
20584 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20585 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20586 \begin_inset Newline newline
20592 \begin_inset space ~
20597 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20598 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20600 \begin_inset Newline newline
20606 \begin_inset space ~
20611 is used to rotate floats, see section
20612 \begin_inset space ~
20616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20618 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20625 \begin_layout Standard
20626 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20627 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20630 \begin_inset space ~
20634 \begin_inset space ~
20642 \begin_layout Description
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20648 \begin_inset space ~
20651 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20654 \begin_layout Description
20656 \begin_inset space ~
20660 \begin_inset space ~
20663 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20666 \begin_layout Description
20668 \begin_inset space ~
20672 \begin_inset space ~
20675 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20678 \begin_layout Description
20680 \begin_inset space ~
20684 \begin_inset space ~
20687 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20690 \begin_layout Standard
20691 The order of the above option is
20696 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20704 \begin_inset space ~
20712 \begin_inset space ~
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20721 , and then the others.
20722 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20724 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20725 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20728 \begin_layout Standard
20729 By default, each options has its own rules:
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20740 \begin_inset space ~
20745 only floats occupying less than 70
20746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20749 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20752 \begin_layout Standard
20756 \begin_inset space ~
20760 \begin_inset space ~
20765 : only floats occupying less than 30
20766 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20769 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20772 \begin_layout Standard
20776 \begin_inset space ~
20780 \begin_inset space ~
20785 : only if more than 50
20786 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20789 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20793 \begin_layout Standard
20794 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20798 \begin_inset space ~
20802 \begin_inset space ~
20810 \begin_layout Standard
20811 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20812 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20813 For this case you can use the option
20816 \begin_inset space ~
20822 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20824 Because the float is then no longer able to
20825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20829 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20832 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20835 \begin_layout Standard
20836 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20837 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20840 \begin_layout Standard
20841 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20843 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20845 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20852 \begin_layout Section
20857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20864 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20866 name "sec:Minipages"
20873 \begin_layout Standard
20874 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20876 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20877 \begin_inset space ~
20884 \begin_layout Standard
20885 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20887 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20891 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20892 and its alignment within the page.
20895 \begin_layout Standard
20897 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20906 height_special "totalheight"
20909 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20912 This is a minipage.
20913 The text is set in an italic style.
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20919 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20920 another formatting.
20928 \begin_layout Standard
20929 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20932 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20936 as described in section
20937 \begin_inset space ~
20941 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20943 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20948 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20955 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20964 height_special "totalheight"
20967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20968 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20969 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20975 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20979 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20988 height_special "totalheight"
20991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20992 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20993 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
21001 \begin_layout Standard
21002 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
21008 \begin_layout Standard
21009 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
21010 to other box types.
21011 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
21022 \begin_layout Chapter
21023 Mathematical Formulas
21027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21068 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21075 \begin_layout Standard
21076 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21081 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21084 \begin_layout Section
21089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21098 \begin_layout Standard
21099 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21100 \begin_inset Graphics
21101 filename ../images/math-mode.png
21106 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21108 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21109 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21110 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21112 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21123 \begin_inset space ~
21128 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21131 \begin_layout Standard
21132 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21133 line, like this one:
21136 \begin_layout Standard
21137 This is a line with an inline formula
21138 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21144 \begin_layout Standard
21145 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21147 \begin_inset Formula \[
21152 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21155 \begin_layout Standard
21156 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21169 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21172 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21173 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21177 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21180 \begin_inset space ~
21188 \begin_layout Subsection
21189 Navigating in Formulas
21193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21202 \begin_layout Standard
21203 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21204 achieved with the arrow keys.
21205 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21206 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21211 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21212 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21216 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21220 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21222 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21230 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21235 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21236 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21239 \begin_layout Standard
21244 , printed in this document as
21245 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21266 \begin_inset Note Note
21269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21270 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21271 space character (visible space).
21276 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21277 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21278 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21283 For example, if you want
21284 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21338 , since in the latter case only the
21341 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21346 will be under the square root sign:
21347 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21353 \begin_layout Standard
21354 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21356 \begin_inset Formula \[
21357 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21360 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21364 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21365 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21368 \begin_layout Subsection
21372 \begin_layout Standard
21373 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21374 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21378 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21379 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21380 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21381 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21382 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21385 \begin_layout Subsection
21386 Exponents and Subscripts
21390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 \begin_layout Standard
21410 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21411 way is to use a command.
21413 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21416 , type in a formula
21422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21438 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21444 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21448 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21469 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21471 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21475 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21478 , you have to use an extra
21482 to separate the hat and the character.
21485 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21506 Subscripts are similar: To get
21507 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21530 \begin_layout Subsection
21535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21544 \begin_layout Standard
21545 Create a fraction with either the command
21552 \begin_inset Graphics
21553 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21561 \begin_inset space ~
21567 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21568 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21569 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21574 To move back up, press
21579 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21580 \begin_inset Formula \[
21581 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21583 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21590 \begin_layout Subsection
21595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21604 \begin_layout Standard
21605 Roots can be created using the
21608 \begin_inset space ~
21614 \begin_inset Graphics
21615 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21638 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21644 produces always a square root.
21647 \begin_layout Subsection
21648 Operators with Limits
21652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21669 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21671 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21678 \begin_layout Standard
21680 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21684 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21687 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21688 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21689 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21690 The sum operator will automatically place its
21691 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21698 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21701 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21705 \begin_inset Formula \[
21706 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21710 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21714 \begin_layout Standard
21715 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21717 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21718 behind the operator and hitting
21724 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21725 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21727 \begin_inset space ~
21731 \begin_inset space ~
21739 \begin_layout Standard
21740 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21745 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21748 feature as addition, such as
21752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21759 \begin_inset Formula \[
21760 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21764 which will place the
21765 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21769 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21777 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21778 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21784 \begin_layout Standard
21785 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21792 Have a look at section
21793 \begin_inset space ~
21797 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21799 reference "sub:Functions"
21803 for an explanation of function macros.
21806 \begin_layout Subsection
21811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21820 \begin_layout Standard
21821 Most math symbols can be found in the
21824 \begin_inset space ~
21829 under one of several categories; including
21846 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21850 \begin_layout Standard
21851 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21852 you don't have to use the
21855 \begin_inset space ~
21860 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21861 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21864 \begin_layout Subsection
21869 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21878 \begin_layout Standard
21879 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21888 \begin_inset space ~
21894 \begin_inset Graphics
21895 filename ../images/math/space.png
21900 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21901 Here a example for the sequence
21906 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21910 \begin_inset Graphics
21911 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21916 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21917 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21918 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21919 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21934 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21940 \begin_layout Standard
21950 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21956 \begin_layout Subsection
21961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21970 name "sub:Functions"
21977 \begin_layout Standard
21981 \begin_inset space ~
21986 contains under the button
21987 \begin_inset Graphics
21988 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21992 a number of functions, such as
21993 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21997 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
22005 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
22012 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
22013 avoid confusions, because
22014 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22018 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
22024 \begin_layout Standard
22025 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22027 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22031 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22037 \begin_layout Standard
22038 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
22039 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
22040 \begin_inset space ~
22044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22046 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22053 \begin_layout Subsection
22058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22067 \begin_layout Standard
22068 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22070 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22071 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
22073 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22076 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22077 Our example is entered by typing
22085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22098 \begin_inset space ~
22102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22104 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22108 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22111 \begin_layout Standard
22112 \begin_inset Float table
22117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22118 \begin_inset Caption
22120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22121 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22123 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22127 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22137 \begin_inset Tabular
22138 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22140 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22141 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22142 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22226 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22280 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22334 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22362 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22388 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22442 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22496 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22550 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22560 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22604 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22658 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22703 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22724 \begin_layout Standard
22725 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22728 \begin_inset space ~
22734 \begin_inset Graphics
22735 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22739 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22743 \begin_layout Section
22744 Brackets and Delimiters
22748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22765 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22767 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22774 \begin_layout Standard
22775 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22776 For most purposes, using just the keys
22781 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22782 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22785 \begin_inset space ~
22791 \begin_inset Graphics
22792 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22797 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22799 \begin_inset Formula \[
22800 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22802 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22806 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22807 \begin_inset Formula \[
22808 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22815 \begin_layout Standard
22816 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22817 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22820 \begin_layout Standard
22821 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22822 left side and right side.
22823 If you use the option
22826 \begin_inset space ~
22831 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22832 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22833 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22834 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22837 \begin_layout Standard
22838 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22839 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22840 inside the brackets.
22841 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22846 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22849 \begin_layout Standard
22850 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22851 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22855 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22861 \begin_layout Section
22866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22875 \begin_layout Standard
22876 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22877 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22888 \begin_layout Standard
22889 \begin_inset Formula \[
22890 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22897 \begin_layout Standard
22898 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22899 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22913 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22914 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22915 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22918 \begin_layout Section
22919 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22944 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22952 \begin_layout Standard
22953 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22956 \begin_inset space ~
22962 \begin_inset Graphics
22963 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22968 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22969 Here is an example:
22970 \begin_inset Formula \[
22971 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22974 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22978 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22979 \begin_inset space ~
22983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22985 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22990 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22991 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22992 This alignment is set in the box
22997 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23005 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23009 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23017 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23021 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23029 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23045 for every column as default.
23046 For example, the sequence
23047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23058 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
23059 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
23060 corresponds to the relevant column.
23061 The result will look like this:
23062 \begin_inset Formula \[
23064 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
23065 column & has & has\, right\\
23066 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
23073 \begin_layout Standard
23074 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
23078 while the cursor is in the matrix.
23079 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23081 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23087 \begin_layout Standard
23088 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23089 It can be created with the menu
23091 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23092 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23094 \begin_inset space ~
23107 \begin_inset Formula \[
23111 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23118 \begin_layout Standard
23119 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23122 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23130 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23139 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23140 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23144 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23147 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23148 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23149 A new row is created by every further hit of
23157 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23158 Here is an example:
23159 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23160 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23161 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23165 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23166 where you want to start the shift and hit
23171 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23172 position to the next column.
23173 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23174 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23175 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23176 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23183 \begin_layout Standard
23184 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23191 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23192 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23193 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23195 reference "eq:asquared"
23200 The other types are described in section
23201 \begin_inset space ~
23205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23207 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23214 \begin_layout Section
23215 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23220 Math ! Formula numbering
23229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23230 Math ! Referencing formulas
23236 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23238 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23245 \begin_layout Standard
23246 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23248 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23249 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23251 \begin_inset space ~
23259 \begin_inset space ~
23265 The formula number appears in LyX as
23266 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23270 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23273 within parentheses.
23275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23279 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23282 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23284 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23285 the document class.
23286 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23287 separated by a dot:
23288 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23289 1+1=2\end{equation}
23296 \begin_inset space ~
23301 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23302 You can only number displayed formulas.
23305 \begin_layout Standard
23306 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23308 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23309 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23311 \begin_inset space ~
23315 \begin_inset space ~
23319 \begin_inset space ~
23327 \begin_inset space ~
23332 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23333 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23335 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23336 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23340 To number all lines use the shortcut
23343 \begin_inset space ~
23351 \begin_layout Standard
23352 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23355 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23356 A label is inserted with the menu
23358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23361 when the cursor is in the formula.
23362 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23363 It is recommended to use the proposed
23364 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23375 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23376 type when you have many labels in your document.
23377 We inserted in the following example the label
23378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23385 in the second line:
23386 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23387 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23388 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23392 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23393 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23403 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23407 \begin_inset space ~
23413 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23414 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23415 as the formula number:
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23419 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23420 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23422 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23429 \begin_layout Standard
23430 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23431 \begin_inset space ~
23435 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23437 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23442 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23445 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23448 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23453 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23461 \begin_layout Section
23462 User defined math macros
23466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23473 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23475 name "sec:math-macros"
23482 \begin_layout Standard
23483 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23484 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23485 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23487 \begin_inset Newline newline
23490 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23491 \begin_inset Formula \[
23492 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23496 The general form of its solution is:
23497 \begin_inset Formula \[
23498 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23505 \begin_layout Standard
23506 The macro should print the parameters
23507 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23511 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23515 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23518 like in the equation above.
23521 \begin_layout Standard
23522 A macro is created by executing the command
23525 \begin_layout Standard
23532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23555 \begin_inset space ~
23559 \begin_inset space ~
23565 \begin_layout Standard
23566 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23567 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23568 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23569 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23573 \begin_layout Standard
23574 We have three arguments and name the macro
23575 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23579 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23582 , so that the command is:
23585 \begin_layout Standard
23592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23617 \begin_layout Standard
23618 This results in the following macro definition box:
23619 \begin_inset Graphics
23620 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23625 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23626 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23627 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23631 \begin_inset Note Note
23634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23635 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23636 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23644 \begin_layout Standard
23645 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23646 the math panel or commands.
23647 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23648 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23650 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23659 for the first argument.
23660 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23661 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23662 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23663 in LyX with its full size.
23664 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23665 In our example we insert the sequence
23666 \begin_inset Newline newline
23694 \begin_inset Newline newline
23699 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23702 \begin_layout Standard
23703 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23714 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23718 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23721 \begin_layout Standard
23723 \begin_inset Graphics
23724 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23731 \begin_layout Standard
23732 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23733 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23734 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23735 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23736 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23739 \begin_layout Standard
23740 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23741 to the new definition.
23742 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23743 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23747 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23751 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23755 \begin_inset Formula \[
23763 \begin_layout Standard
23764 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23768 \begin_layout Standard
23782 \begin_inset Newline newline
23789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23815 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23818 \begin_layout Standard
23819 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23820 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23821 definition box in your document.
23822 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23824 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23826 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23831 \begin_layout Section
23835 \begin_layout Subsection
23840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23849 \begin_layout Standard
23850 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23851 To set a font in a formula, use the
23854 \begin_inset space ~
23860 \begin_inset Graphics
23861 filename ../images/math/font.png
23865 , or enter its command, listed in table
23866 \begin_inset space ~
23870 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23872 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23879 \begin_layout Standard
23880 \begin_inset Float table
23885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23886 \begin_inset Caption
23888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23889 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23891 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23895 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23905 \begin_inset Tabular
23906 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23908 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23909 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23941 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23968 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23976 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23995 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
24003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24028 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
24036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24055 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
24063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24082 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
24090 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24116 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24143 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24177 \begin_layout Standard
24178 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24186 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24202 \begin_layout Standard
24203 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24204 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24209 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24210 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24211 Here an example where a
24212 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24223 denotes the set of numbers:
24224 \begin_inset Formula \[
24225 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24232 \begin_layout Standard
24233 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24244 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24248 \begin_inset Newline newline
24251 So better don't use this feature.
24254 \begin_layout Standard
24255 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24256 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24260 \begin_inset Newline newline
24263 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24269 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24270 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24276 \begin_layout Standard
24283 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24287 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24290 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24292 \begin_inset space ~
24300 \begin_layout Subsection
24305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24314 \begin_layout Standard
24315 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24317 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24321 \begin_inset space ~
24325 \begin_inset space ~
24333 \begin_inset space ~
24339 \begin_inset Graphics
24340 filename ../images/math/font.png
24344 (alternatively the shortcut
24347 \begin_inset space ~
24353 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24354 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24355 Here is an example:
24356 \begin_inset Formula \[
24358 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24359 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24366 \begin_layout Subsection
24371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24380 \begin_layout Standard
24381 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24382 automatically chosen in most situations.
24400 For most characters,
24408 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24409 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24414 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24415 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24416 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24417 \begin_inset Graphics
24418 filename ../images/math/style.png
24423 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24424 For example, you can set
24425 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24428 , which is normally in
24437 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24441 The four styles are used in the following example:
24444 \begin_layout Standard
24445 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24449 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24453 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24457 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24463 \begin_layout Standard
24464 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24465 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24467 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24469 \begin_inset space ~
24474 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24475 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24476 will be adjusted to correspond.
24477 As example a formula in the font size
24478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24488 \begin_layout Standard
24492 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24498 \begin_layout Section
24502 \begin_layout Standard
24503 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24504 the document classes and into layout modules.
24508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24514 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24515 other than the AMS classes.
24517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24519 reference "sub:Modules"
24523 for more on layout modules.
24526 \begin_layout Section
24531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24550 \begin_layout Standard
24551 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24552 (AMS) that are in common use.
24555 \begin_layout Subsection
24556 Enabling AMS-Support
24559 \begin_layout Standard
24560 Selecting the checkbox
24563 \begin_inset space ~
24567 \begin_inset space ~
24571 \begin_inset space ~
24578 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24586 Document ! Settings
24594 \begin_inset space ~
24599 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24601 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24602 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24605 \begin_layout Subsection
24607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24609 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24618 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24626 \begin_layout Standard
24627 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24628 LyX allows you to choose between
24649 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24652 \begin_layout Chapter
24656 \begin_layout Section
24661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24668 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24670 name "sec:Cross-References"
24677 \begin_layout Standard
24678 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24679 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24681 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24682 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24683 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24686 \begin_layout Enumerate
24690 \begin_layout Enumerate
24691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24693 name "enu:Second-item"
24700 \begin_layout Enumerate
24704 \begin_layout Standard
24705 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24707 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24710 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24711 \begin_inset Graphics
24712 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24718 A grey label box like this:
24719 \begin_inset Graphics
24720 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24725 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24726 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24736 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24741 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24749 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24753 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24757 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24761 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24762 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24771 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24777 \begin_layout Standard
24778 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24783 or the toolbar button
24784 \begin_inset Graphics
24785 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24791 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24792 \begin_inset Graphics
24793 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24798 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24800 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24801 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24813 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24815 Here is our cross-reference:
24818 \begin_layout Standard
24820 \begin_inset space ~
24824 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24826 reference "enu:Second-item"
24833 \begin_layout Standard
24834 It is recommended to use a protected space
24838 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24839 described in section
24840 \begin_inset space ~
24844 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24846 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24855 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24859 \begin_layout Standard
24860 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24863 \begin_layout Description
24864 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24867 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24874 \begin_layout Description
24875 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24876 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24878 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24882 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24886 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24888 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24895 \begin_layout Description
24896 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24897 \begin_inset space ~
24901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24902 LatexCommand pageref
24903 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24910 \begin_layout Description
24912 \begin_inset space ~
24916 \begin_inset space ~
24919 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24921 LatexCommand vpageref
24922 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24929 \begin_layout Description
24931 \begin_inset space ~
24935 \begin_inset space ~
24939 \begin_inset space ~
24942 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24946 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24953 \begin_layout Description
24955 \begin_inset space ~
24958 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24959 \begin_inset Newline newline
24963 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24971 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24980 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24993 \begin_layout Standard
24994 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24995 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24997 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25001 \begin_inset space ~
25005 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25013 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25019 \begin_layout Standard
25020 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
25021 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
25022 The varieties are adjusted in the field
25026 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
25030 \begin_layout Standard
25031 You can only use the style
25035 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
25039 is always possible.
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
25044 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
25045 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
25046 Referencing formulas is explained in section
25047 \begin_inset space ~
25051 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25053 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
25060 \begin_layout Standard
25064 \begin_inset space ~
25068 \begin_inset space ~
25073 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
25074 The button text changes then to
25077 \begin_inset space ~
25082 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
25083 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
25084 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
25088 \begin_layout Standard
25089 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
25090 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
25091 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
25094 \begin_layout Standard
25095 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
25096 marks in the output instead of the reference.
25099 \begin_layout Standard
25100 References are described in detail in the
25107 \begin_layout Section
25108 Table of Contents and other Listings
25112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25138 \begin_layout Subsection
25140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25142 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25149 \begin_layout Standard
25150 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25152 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25153 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25155 \begin_inset space ~
25159 \begin_inset space ~
25165 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25166 If you click on it, the
25170 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25171 sections in your documents.
25172 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25174 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25177 that is described in sec.
25178 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25182 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25184 reference "sec:Navigating"
25191 \begin_layout Standard
25192 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25193 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25195 \begin_inset space ~
25199 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25201 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25205 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25207 \begin_inset space ~
25211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25213 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25217 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25219 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25222 \begin_layout Subsection
25223 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25224 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25226 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25233 \begin_layout Standard
25234 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25235 You can insert them via the
25237 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25239 \begin_inset space ~
25243 \begin_inset space ~
25249 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25252 \begin_layout Section
25253 URLs and Hyperlinks
25257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25276 \begin_layout Subsection
25278 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25287 \begin_layout Standard
25288 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25296 \begin_layout Standard
25297 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25298 \begin_inset Flex URL
25301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25311 \begin_layout Standard
25312 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25318 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25322 \begin_layout Standard
25323 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25331 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25339 \begin_layout Subsection
25341 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25343 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25350 \begin_layout Standard
25351 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25353 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25356 or with the toolbar button
25357 \begin_inset Graphics
25358 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25359 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25364 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25373 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25374 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25375 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25377 name "LyX's homepage"
25378 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25382 , an Email address like this:
25383 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25385 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25386 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25391 , or a link to a file.
25394 \begin_layout Standard
25395 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25405 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25408 to the link target.
25411 \begin_layout Standard
25412 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25413 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25414 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25415 the text style dialog.
25416 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25420 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25422 name "LyX's homepage"
25423 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25430 \begin_layout Standard
25431 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25435 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25437 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25438 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25442 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25444 \begin_inset Newline newline
25452 \begin_inset Newline newline
25459 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25462 \begin_layout Section
25467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25474 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25476 name "sec:Appendices"
25483 \begin_layout Standard
25484 Appendices are created with the menu
25486 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25488 \begin_inset space ~
25492 \begin_inset space ~
25498 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25499 as appendix region.
25500 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25503 \begin_layout Standard
25504 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25505 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25506 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25507 and the subsection number.
25508 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25512 \begin_layout Standard
25514 \begin_inset space ~
25518 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25520 reference "cha:Credits"
25525 \begin_inset space ~
25529 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25531 reference "sub:Export"
25538 \begin_layout Section
25543 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25550 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25552 name "sec:Bibliography"
25559 \begin_layout Standard
25560 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25561 You can include a bibliography database,
25565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25566 Known under the name
25567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25579 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25580 manually, using the paragraph environment
25584 , which was described in section
25585 \begin_inset space ~
25589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25591 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25596 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25597 document, like author-year cituations, then you must
25601 use a bibliography database.
25604 \begin_layout Subsection
25605 The Bibliography Environment
25608 \begin_layout Standard
25613 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25615 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25624 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25626 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25628 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25632 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25635 , a short form of its title, as key.
25638 \begin_layout Standard
25639 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25641 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25644 or the toolbar button
25645 \begin_inset Graphics
25646 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25647 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25652 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25653 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25654 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25655 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25659 \begin_layout Standard
25660 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25661 with surrounding brackets.
25666 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25667 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25669 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25673 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25679 \begin_layout Standard
25682 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25685 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25687 key "latexcompanion"
25694 \begin_layout Standard
25695 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25696 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25705 \begin_layout Subsection
25706 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25711 Bibliography ! Databases
25720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25721 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25727 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25729 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25736 \begin_layout Standard
25737 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25743 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25745 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25746 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25751 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25753 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25754 your working field in a database.
25755 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25756 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25758 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25762 \begin_layout Standard
25763 The database is a text file with the file extension
25764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25775 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25776 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25777 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25779 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25784 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25785 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25786 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25787 \begin_inset Flex URL
25790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25792 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25800 \begin_layout Standard
25801 To use a database, use the menu
25803 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25808 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25821 \begin_inset space ~
25827 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25828 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25831 Add bibliography to TOC
25833 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25838 drop box you can select what part of the database should be output.
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25843 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25851 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25855 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25856 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25858 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25864 For informations how this is done, have a look at
25865 \begin_inset Newline newline
25869 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25871 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25883 \begin_layout Standard
25884 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25887 \begin_layout Standard
25888 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25889 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25892 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25897 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25920 \begin_inset space ~
25926 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25932 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25941 \begin_layout Standard
25942 When you select the option
25944 Sectioned bibliography
25948 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25951 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25952 This and more specials are explained in detail in section
25954 Customizing Bibliographies
25967 \begin_layout Standard
25968 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25969 the two methods of creating them.
25970 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25971 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25972 We used the style file
25976 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25979 \begin_layout Subsection
25980 Bibliography layout
25984 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25985 Bibliography ! Layout
25993 \begin_layout Standard
25994 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25995 For this feature you need to enable the option
26001 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26009 Document ! Settings
26019 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
26020 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
26021 in the previous section.
26024 \begin_layout Standard
26025 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
26026 in the citation reference window.
26027 Here an example where we set the text
26028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26032 \begin_inset space ~
26036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26039 to appear after the reference:
26042 \begin_layout Standard
26044 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26047 key "latexcompanion"
26054 \begin_layout Section
26059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26066 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 An index entry is created if you use the menu
26078 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26080 \begin_inset space ~
26085 or the toolbar button
26086 \begin_inset Graphics
26087 filename ../images/index-insert.png
26088 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26094 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26102 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26105 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
26106 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
26107 by LyX as index entry.
26110 \begin_layout Standard
26111 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
26112 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
26114 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26116 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
26123 \begin_layout Standard
26124 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
26127 \begin_layout Standard
26128 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
26130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26132 \begin_inset space ~
26136 \begin_inset space ~
26139 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26141 \begin_inset space ~
26147 A light blue box labeled
26148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26159 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
26160 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
26163 \begin_layout Subsection
26164 Grouping Index Entries
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26177 \begin_layout Standard
26178 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26180 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26181 lists under the entry
26182 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26186 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26190 First we create the entry
26191 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26195 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26199 \begin_inset space ~
26203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26205 reference "sub:Lists"
26210 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26211 \begin_inset space ~
26215 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26217 reference "sec:Itemize"
26221 , we insert the command
26224 \begin_layout Standard
26230 \begin_layout Standard
26234 \begin_layout Standard
26240 \begin_layout Standard
26241 for the enumerated list in section
26242 \begin_inset space ~
26246 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26248 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26255 \begin_layout Standard
26256 The exclamation mark
26257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26264 marks the grouping levels.
26265 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26266 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26267 If we don't have an index entry for
26268 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26275 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26278 \begin_layout Subsection
26283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26284 Index ! Page ranges
26292 \begin_layout Standard
26293 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26295 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26296 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26298 \begin_inset space ~
26302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26304 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26311 \begin_layout Standard
26314 Paragraph environments|(
26317 \begin_layout Standard
26318 and another entry at the end of section
26319 \begin_inset space ~
26323 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26325 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26332 \begin_layout Standard
26335 Paragraph environments|)
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26348 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26363 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26364 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26365 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26366 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26367 An example is the index entry
26368 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26371 Document ! Settings
26372 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26378 \begin_layout Subsection
26383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26384 Index ! Cross referencing
26392 \begin_layout Standard
26393 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26394 We referred for example in the index entry
26395 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26399 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26403 \begin_inset space ~
26407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26409 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26413 ) to the index entry
26414 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26418 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26421 in the same section using the entry
26424 \begin_layout Standard
26427 GIF|see{Image formats}
26430 \begin_layout Standard
26431 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26432 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26433 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26436 \begin_layout Subsection
26441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26442 Index ! Entry order
26450 \begin_layout Standard
26451 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26452 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26453 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26458 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26460 \begin_inset space ~
26464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26466 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26475 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26476 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26481 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26485 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26489 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26497 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26505 Dummy entries ! maïs
26514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26515 Dummy entries ! maître
26524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26525 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26530 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26531 order maïs, maison, maître.
26532 To achieve this, we use the command
26535 \begin_layout Standard
26538 previous entry@current entry
26541 \begin_layout Standard
26542 In our case we want to have
26543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26551 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26555 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26558 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26561 \begin_layout Standard
26567 \begin_layout Standard
26568 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26569 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26573 \begin_layout Subsection
26578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26579 Index ! Entry layout
26587 \begin_layout Standard
26588 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26595 This is an italic dummy entry
26600 You can also format the page number using the character
26601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26608 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26609 We can write for example
26612 \begin_layout Standard
26615 italic page number:|textit
26618 \begin_layout Standard
26619 to get the page number in italic.
26623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26624 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26629 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26631 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26639 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26647 \begin_inset space ~
26653 Have a look at section
26654 \begin_inset space ~
26658 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26660 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26664 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26667 \begin_layout Standard
26668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26676 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26680 to generate the index, see section
26681 \begin_inset space ~
26685 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26687 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26696 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26697 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26699 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26702 key "latexcompanion"
26714 \begin_layout Standard
26715 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26717 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26718 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26719 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26720 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26721 If so, put the following in preamble
26724 \begin_layout Standard
26736 \begin_layout Standard
26740 \begin_layout Standard
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 into the index entry.
26751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26752 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26757 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26758 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26759 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26762 \begin_layout Standard
26763 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26765 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26769 \begin_inset space ~
26772 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26773 for all index entries.
26774 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26786 documentation for details,
26787 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26789 key "makeindex,xindy"
26796 \begin_layout Subsection
26801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26808 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26810 name "sub:Index-Program"
26817 \begin_layout Standard
26818 When the index entry program
26822 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26823 generation, otherwise the program
26827 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26828 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26829 dialog, see section
26830 \begin_inset space ~
26834 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26836 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26841 The available options are listed and explained in
26842 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26844 key "makeindex,xindy"
26849 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26852 \begin_layout Standard
26857 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26858 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26860 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26862 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26863 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26871 \begin_layout Section
26872 Nomenclature / Glossary
26876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26915 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26917 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26924 \begin_layout Standard
26925 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26926 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26930 \begin_layout Standard
26931 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26940 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26946 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26947 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26953 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26956 \begin_layout Standard
26957 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26958 and then use the menu
26960 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26966 \begin_inset space ~
26971 or the toolbar button
26972 \begin_inset Graphics
26973 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26980 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26988 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26991 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26994 \begin_layout Standard
26995 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26996 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26997 The second is the description of the symbol.
27000 \begin_layout Standard
27001 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27009 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
27017 \begin_layout Subsection
27018 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
27022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27023 Nomenclature ! Layout
27031 \begin_layout Standard
27032 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
27036 field as LaTeX-formula.
27038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27042 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27046 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27050 \begin_inset Newline newline
27058 \begin_inset Newline newline
27064 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27068 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27071 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
27072 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
27074 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27084 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27094 \begin_layout Standard
27095 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27096 \begin_inset space ~
27100 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27102 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27109 \begin_layout Standard
27113 \begin_inset space ~
27118 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27119 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27120 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27124 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27128 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27131 in this document is:
27132 \begin_inset Newline newline
27137 dummy entry for the character
27142 \begin_inset Newline newline
27154 \begin_inset space ~
27164 font use the command
27193 \begin_layout Subsection
27194 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27199 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27207 \begin_layout Standard
27208 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27209 the symbol definition.
27210 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27211 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27214 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27215 LatexCommand nomenclature
27217 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27224 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27228 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27229 LatexCommand nomenclature
27232 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27237 They will be sorted by
27238 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27246 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27260 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27264 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27267 will be sorted before the
27271 since the character
27272 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27276 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27279 is considered in sorting.
27282 \begin_layout Standard
27283 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27286 \begin_inset space ~
27291 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27292 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27294 For the given example, you can insert
27298 to this field for the
27299 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27306 will be located before
27307 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27313 \begin_layout Standard
27314 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27319 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27328 \begin_layout Subsection
27329 Nomenclature Options
27333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27334 Nomenclature ! Options
27342 \begin_layout Standard
27347 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27348 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27351 \begin_layout Description
27352 refeq Appends the phrase
27353 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27365 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27368 to every nomenclature entry, where
27374 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27377 \begin_layout Description
27378 refpage Appends the phrase
27379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27394 to every nomenclature entry, where
27400 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27403 \begin_layout Description
27404 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27407 \begin_layout Standard
27408 There are furthermore the options
27452 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27457 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27458 class options list in the
27460 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27464 In this document the options
27475 \begin_layout Standard
27476 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27482 \begin_layout Standard
27483 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27484 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27489 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27492 \begin_layout Description
27502 \begin_layout Description
27505 nomrefpage Like the
27512 \begin_layout Description
27515 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27524 \begin_layout Description
27528 \begin_inset space ~
27534 \begin_inset space ~
27539 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27542 \begin_layout Subsection
27543 Printing the Nomenclature
27547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27548 Nomenclature ! Printing
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27557 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27559 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27561 \begin_inset space ~
27565 \begin_inset space ~
27568 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27572 A light blue box labeled
27573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27581 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27584 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27585 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27588 \begin_layout Standard
27589 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27594 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27598 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27606 For example, in order to change the name to
27610 , add the following line to the preamble:
27613 \begin_layout Standard
27621 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27624 \begin_layout Standard
27625 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27632 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27633 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27636 \begin_layout Standard
27644 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27647 \begin_layout Standard
27650 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27651 \begin_inset space ~
27655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27657 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27662 The default value is 1
27663 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27669 \begin_layout Section
27674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27685 Document ! Branches
27691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27693 name "sec:Branches"
27700 \begin_layout Standard
27701 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27702 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27703 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27704 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27707 \begin_layout Standard
27708 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27709 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27710 To create a branch, go in the
27712 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27720 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27721 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27724 \begin_layout Standard
27725 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27726 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27728 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27731 where you can choose a branch.
27732 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27735 \begin_layout Standard
27736 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27737 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27741 \begin_inset Branch Question
27744 \begin_layout Standard
27745 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27753 \begin_layout Standard
27754 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27757 \begin_layout Standard
27758 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27766 \begin_layout Standard
27767 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27773 \begin_layout Standard
27774 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27775 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27777 For example you can define for the question branch
27781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27782 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27783 \begin_inset space ~
27787 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27789 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27801 \begin_layout Standard
27811 \begin_layout Standard
27821 \begin_layout Standard
27822 and for the answer branch
27825 \begin_layout Standard
27835 \begin_layout Standard
27845 \begin_layout Standard
27846 \begin_inset Branch Question
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27881 \begin_layout Standard
27882 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27885 \begin_layout Standard
27889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27917 \begin_layout Standard
27918 Now it is possible to use the commands
27922 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27929 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27932 to obtain conditional output.
27933 Here is an example formula where only the
27940 \begin_inset Formula \[
27941 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27948 \begin_layout Standard
27949 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27950 \begin_inset space ~
27954 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27956 reference "sec:math-macros"
27963 \begin_layout Section
27965 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27967 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27984 \begin_layout Standard
27989 dialog provides under
27993 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27994 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
28002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28003 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
28011 \begin_layout Standard
28016 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
28017 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
28018 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
28020 You can specify in the dialog tab
28024 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
28026 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
28027 entries, showing where in the document the entry is referenced.
28030 \begin_layout Standard
28035 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28036 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28037 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28039 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28040 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28042 \begin_inset space ~
28045 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28046 \begin_inset space ~
28049 1 will only display the sections.
28052 \begin_layout Standard
28053 The header informations in the dialog tab
28057 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28058 Many programs are able to extract these informations to e.
28059 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28063 \begin_inset space ~
28066 automatically recognize who is the author and what is the PDF about.
28067 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28070 Automatic fill header
28072 is set, LyX tries to extract the header informations from your document
28073 title and author settings.
28076 \begin_layout Standard
28079 Load in fullscreen mode
28081 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28084 \begin_layout Standard
28085 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28086 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28092 For an explanation of them we refer to the hyperref manual
28093 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28102 \begin_layout Section
28103 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28104 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28106 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28113 \begin_layout Subsection
28118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28125 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28127 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28136 constructs, but not all.
28137 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28138 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
28139 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28140 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28141 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28145 \begin_layout Standard
28146 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28148 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
28150 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28152 \begin_inset space ~
28157 or by the toolbar button
28158 \begin_inset Graphics
28159 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
28164 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28168 \begin_layout Standard
28169 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28170 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28171 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
28178 , you can write the command part
28184 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28188 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28189 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28190 the following example:
28193 \begin_layout Standard
28194 \begin_inset Graphics
28195 filename clipart/ERT.png
28203 \begin_layout Standard
28207 \begin_layout Standard
28208 This is a line with a
28212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28235 \begin_layout Standard
28236 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28244 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28245 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28253 \begin_layout Subsection
28254 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28255 \begin_inset OptArg
28258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28268 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28275 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28277 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28284 \begin_layout Standard
28285 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28286 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28287 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28296 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28297 every time if you know the right commands.
28299 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
28300 the end of the day.
28301 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28302 all caption labels bold.
28303 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28305 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
28308 \begin_layout Standard
28309 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28310 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
28311 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28313 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28322 \begin_layout Standard
28323 As result you know that the package
28331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28332 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28338 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28340 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28346 \begin_layout Standard
28351 usepackage[options]{package name}
28354 \begin_layout Standard
28355 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28356 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28357 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 In your case the package name is
28366 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28371 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28372 So you add the command
28375 \begin_layout Standard
28380 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28383 \begin_layout Standard
28384 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28389 For more commands provided by the
28393 package, have a look at its documentation,
28394 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28408 \begin_layout Standard
28409 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28411 For example if you use a
28415 class, you don't need the package
28419 , you can instead write
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28427 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28432 \begin_layout Standard
28433 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28434 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28435 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28442 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28445 \begin_layout Standard
28446 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28447 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28449 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28450 the previous section.
28453 \begin_layout Standard
28454 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28458 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28466 \begin_layout Section
28467 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28468 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28470 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28497 \begin_layout Standard
28498 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28499 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28500 to break your train of thought with
28502 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28508 \begin_layout Standard
28509 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28510 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28519 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28524 as explained below, and turn on
28527 \begin_inset space ~
28534 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28540 \begin_inset space ~
28544 \begin_inset space ~
28547 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28554 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28556 Previews of an already loaded document are
28560 generated just by selecting the
28563 \begin_inset space ~
28568 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28571 \begin_layout Standard
28572 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28573 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28576 \begin_inset space ~
28581 check box in the insert dialog.
28582 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28586 \begin_layout Standard
28587 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28591 (on some systems named simply
28596 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28598 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28604 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28605 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28613 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28617 \begin_layout Standard
28618 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28625 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28629 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28631 \begin_inset space ~
28636 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28637 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28639 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28640 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28641 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28642 the source view window.
28645 \begin_layout Section
28647 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28649 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28666 \begin_layout Standard
28667 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28668 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28685 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28691 can be seen as successor of
28695 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28700 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28701 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28709 \begin_layout Standard
28710 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28711 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28718 \begin_layout Standard
28721 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28724 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28725 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28726 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28727 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28728 scrolled so that it is visible.
28733 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28735 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28739 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28740 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28743 \begin_layout Standard
28744 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28747 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28751 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28752 will bring an error message.
28753 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28754 specifying a different
28756 Alternative language
28758 in preferences dialog.
28761 \begin_layout Standard
28762 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28765 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28769 \begin_layout Standard
28770 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28771 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28773 But you can use the
28776 \begin_inset space ~
28780 \begin_inset space ~
28788 \begin_layout Standard
28789 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28790 This does work with
28794 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28797 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28801 \begin_layout Standard
28806 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28809 \begin_layout Description
28811 \begin_inset space ~
28814 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28815 should consider, e.g.
28816 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28817 This should not normally be needed.
28820 \begin_layout Description
28822 \begin_inset space ~
28825 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28826 as your personal dictionary
28829 \begin_layout Description
28831 \begin_inset space ~
28835 \begin_inset space ~
28838 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28850 \begin_layout Description
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_inset space ~
28859 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28868 also for the spellchecker.
28872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28873 The encodings are explained in section
28874 \begin_inset space ~
28878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28880 reference "sub:Settings"
28889 Only enable this if you use
28893 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28894 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28895 so this is disabled by default.
28898 \begin_layout Section
28903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28912 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28920 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28923 \begin_layout Standard
28924 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28927 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28930 or the toolbar button
28931 \begin_inset Graphics
28932 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28933 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28934 rotateOrigin center
28939 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28943 \begin_layout Standard
28944 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28945 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28946 cases to find related words.
28949 \begin_layout Standard
28950 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28952 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28960 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28961 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28965 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28969 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28970 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28978 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28982 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28988 \begin_layout Section
28993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29004 Document ! Change Tracking
29010 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29012 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29019 \begin_layout Standard
29020 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
29021 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
29022 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
29023 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29025 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29027 \begin_inset space ~
29030 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29032 \begin_inset space ~
29040 \begin_layout Standard
29041 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
29050 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29053 \begin_inset space ~
29057 \begin_inset space ~
29070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29079 \begin_layout Standard
29080 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 \begin_layout Standard
29094 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29100 \begin_layout Standard
29101 \begin_inset Graphics
29102 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29109 \begin_layout Standard
29110 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29116 \begin_layout Standard
29117 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29121 \begin_layout Standard
29122 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29128 \begin_layout Standard
29129 \begin_inset Tabular
29130 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29131 <features islongtable="true">
29132 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29133 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29134 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29139 \begin_inset Graphics
29140 filename ../images/changes-track.png
29141 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29142 rotateOrigin center
29151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29157 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29159 \begin_inset space ~
29162 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29164 \begin_inset space ~
29173 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29178 \begin_inset Graphics
29179 filename ../images/changes-output.png
29180 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29181 rotateOrigin center
29190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29196 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29198 \begin_inset space ~
29201 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29203 \begin_inset space ~
29207 \begin_inset space ~
29211 \begin_inset space ~
29220 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29225 \begin_inset Graphics
29226 filename ../images/change-next.png
29227 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29228 rotateOrigin center
29237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29241 Jumps to the next change
29247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29252 \begin_inset Graphics
29253 filename ../images/change-accept.png
29254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29255 rotateOrigin center
29264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29270 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29272 \begin_inset space ~
29275 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29277 \begin_inset space ~
29286 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29291 \begin_inset Graphics
29292 filename ../images/change-reject.png
29293 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29294 rotateOrigin center
29303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29309 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29311 \begin_inset space ~
29314 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29316 \begin_inset space ~
29325 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29330 \begin_inset Graphics
29331 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29332 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29333 rotateOrigin center
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29350 \begin_inset space ~
29353 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Graphics
29370 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29371 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29372 rotateOrigin center
29381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29387 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29389 \begin_inset space ~
29392 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29394 \begin_inset space ~
29398 \begin_inset space ~
29407 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29412 \begin_inset Graphics
29413 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29414 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29415 rotateOrigin center
29424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29432 \begin_inset space ~
29435 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29437 \begin_inset space ~
29441 \begin_inset space ~
29450 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29455 \begin_inset Graphics
29456 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29457 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29458 rotateOrigin center
29467 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29473 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29474 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29476 \begin_inset space ~
29485 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29490 \begin_inset Graphics
29491 filename ../images/note-next.png
29492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29493 rotateOrigin center
29502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29508 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29510 \begin_inset space ~
29526 \begin_layout Standard
29527 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29533 \begin_layout Standard
29534 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29535 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29536 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29537 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29538 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29539 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29540 step to the next change.
29541 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29544 \begin_layout Standard
29545 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29546 to describe a change.
29549 \begin_layout Standard
29550 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29559 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29565 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29566 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29572 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29575 \begin_layout Section
29576 International Support
29580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29581 International support
29589 \begin_layout Standard
29590 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29591 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29592 how to set up LyX to use them:
29593 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29595 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29602 \begin_layout Standard
29603 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29604 \begin_inset space ~
29608 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29610 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29617 \begin_layout Subsection
29622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29633 Document ! Settings
29642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29643 Document ! Language
29651 \begin_layout Standard
29654 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29657 dialog lets you set
29659 the language and character encoding for your language.
29663 \begin_layout Standard
29664 Choose your language in the
29668 section of this dialog.
29676 \begin_layout Standard
29681 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29685 use language's default encoding
29687 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29688 For details about the different encoding options see section
29689 \begin_inset space ~
29693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29695 reference "sub:Settings"
29702 \begin_layout Subsection
29703 Keyboard mapping configuration
29704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29706 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29713 \begin_layout Standard
29714 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29715 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29716 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29717 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29718 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29720 \begin_inset space ~
29724 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29726 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29731 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29732 which one you want to use.
29735 \begin_layout Standard
29736 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29737 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29738 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29739 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29740 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29741 one to support the characters you want.
29742 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29749 \begin_layout Subsection
29753 \begin_layout Standard
29755 \begin_inset space ~
29759 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29761 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29770 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29774 \begin_layout Standard
29775 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29776 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29784 \begin_layout Itemize
29785 Even if you have selected
29791 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29794 dialog, users who have only the
29798 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29802 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29803 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29804 french quotes won't show up.
29807 \begin_layout Standard
29808 \begin_inset Float table
29813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29814 \begin_inset Caption
29816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29817 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29819 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29837 \begin_inset Tabular
29838 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29840 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29843 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29844 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29845 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29846 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29850 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29851 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29852 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29853 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29854 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29855 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29856 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29858 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29921 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29939 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30101 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30688 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30734 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30768 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30771 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30802 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30805 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30820 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31037 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31054 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31057 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31229 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31232 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31280 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31283 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31297 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31323 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31326 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31716 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31719 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31733 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31959 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31962 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32079 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32348 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32351 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32416 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32419 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32479 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32482 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32625 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33162 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33179 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33213 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33216 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33259 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33262 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33285 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33288 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33355 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33390 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33424 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33564 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33632 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33635 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33727 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33746 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33773 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33776 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33782 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33919 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33936 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34024 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34033 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34036 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34076 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34110 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34127 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34188 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34222 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34239 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34242 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34269 \begin_layout Standard
34270 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34272 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34273 also the characters from
34285 \begin_layout Itemize
34294 \begin_layout Standard
34295 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34296 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34302 \begin_layout Standard
34303 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34304 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34310 \begin_layout Standard
34311 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34312 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34318 \begin_layout Standard
34319 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34320 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34326 \begin_layout Standard
34328 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34334 \begin_layout Standard
34336 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34342 \begin_layout Standard
34344 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34351 \begin_layout Itemize
34364 \begin_layout Standard
34366 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34372 \begin_layout Standard
34374 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34380 \begin_layout Standard
34382 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34388 \begin_layout Standard
34390 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34396 \begin_layout Standard
34398 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34404 \begin_layout Standard
34406 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34413 \begin_layout Standard
34414 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34415 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34416 Also make sure you're using the
34423 \begin_layout Chapter
34426 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34428 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34435 \begin_layout Standard
34436 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34437 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34438 inside the user's guide.
34441 \begin_layout Section
34446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34455 \begin_layout Standard
34460 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34461 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34464 \begin_layout Subsection
34468 \begin_layout Standard
34469 Creates a new document.
34472 \begin_layout Subsection
34476 \begin_layout Standard
34477 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34478 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34479 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34482 \begin_layout Subsection
34486 \begin_layout Standard
34490 \begin_layout Subsection
34494 \begin_layout Standard
34495 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34496 Click there on a file to open it.
34499 \begin_layout Subsection
34503 \begin_layout Standard
34504 Closes the current document.
34507 \begin_layout Subsection
34511 \begin_layout Standard
34512 Saves the actual document.
34515 \begin_layout Subsection
34519 \begin_layout Standard
34520 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34523 \begin_layout Subsection
34527 \begin_layout Standard
34528 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34531 \begin_layout Subsection
34535 \begin_layout Standard
34536 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34537 It is described in the section
34539 Version Control in LyX
34544 \begin_inset space ~
34552 \begin_layout Subsection
34556 \begin_layout Standard
34557 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34558 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34559 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34562 \begin_layout Standard
34563 When using the menu
34566 \begin_inset space ~
34570 \begin_inset space ~
34575 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34576 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34577 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34578 will start a new paragraph.
34581 \begin_layout Subsection
34583 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34592 \begin_layout Standard
34593 You can export your document to various file formats.
34594 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34595 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34596 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34599 \begin_layout Standard
34600 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34602 \begin_inset space ~
34606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34608 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34615 \begin_layout Description
34619 \begin_inset space ~
34624 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34625 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34628 \begin_layout Description
34636 \begin_layout Description
34637 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34641 \begin_layout Description
34643 \begin_inset space ~
34647 \begin_inset space ~
34650 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34654 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34662 \begin_layout Description
34669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34677 \begin_inset space ~
34682 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34683 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34687 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34690 \begin_layout Description
34697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34705 \begin_inset space ~
34710 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34711 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34719 \begin_layout Description
34721 \begin_inset space ~
34724 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34725 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34732 is replaced by the version number)
34735 \begin_layout Description
34736 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34749 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34753 \begin_layout Description
34758 PDF-format using the program
34763 \begin_layout Description
34767 \begin_inset space ~
34772 PDF-format using the program
34777 \begin_layout Description
34781 \begin_inset space ~
34786 PDF-format using the program
34791 \begin_layout Description
34795 \begin_inset space ~
34803 \begin_layout Description
34807 \begin_inset space ~
34811 \begin_inset space ~
34816 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34817 and then exported as text using the program
34822 \begin_layout Description
34827 PostScript format using the program
34832 \begin_layout Description
34840 \begin_layout Standard
34845 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34846 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34852 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34855 \begin_layout Standard
34856 If one of the menu entries
34863 \begin_inset space ~
34872 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34873 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34874 \begin_inset space ~
34878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34880 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34889 Reconfiguration of LyX
34897 \begin_layout Standard
34902 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34903 the export program.
34906 \begin_layout Subsection
34910 \begin_layout Standard
34911 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34912 or send it to a printer.
34913 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34914 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34920 For more informations have a look at section
34921 \begin_inset space ~
34925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34927 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34934 \begin_layout Subsection
34935 New and Close Window
34938 \begin_layout Standard
34939 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34940 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34943 \begin_layout Section
34948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34957 \begin_layout Subsection
34961 \begin_layout Standard
34962 Described in section
34963 \begin_inset space ~
34967 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34969 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34976 \begin_layout Subsection
34977 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34980 \begin_layout Standard
34981 Described in section
34982 \begin_inset space ~
34986 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34988 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34995 \begin_layout Subsection
34999 \begin_layout Standard
35000 Selects the whole document.
35003 \begin_layout Subsection
35007 \begin_layout Standard
35008 Described in section
35009 \begin_inset space ~
35013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35015 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35022 \begin_layout Subsection
35023 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35026 \begin_layout Standard
35027 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35031 \begin_layout Subsection
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35036 Described in section
35037 \begin_inset space ~
35041 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35043 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35050 \begin_layout Subsection
35055 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35056 Paragraph ! Settings
35064 \begin_layout Standard
35065 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
35067 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
35070 \begin_layout Standard
35071 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
35072 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
35075 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35081 \begin_inset space ~
35089 \begin_layout Subsection
35093 \begin_layout Standard
35094 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
35095 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
35096 The properties of tables are described in section
35097 \begin_inset space ~
35101 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35103 reference "sec:Tables"
35107 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35108 \begin_inset space ~
35112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35114 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35121 \begin_layout Subsection
35122 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35125 \begin_layout Standard
35126 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
35128 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35135 reference "sec:Nesting"
35140 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35142 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35149 \begin_layout Section
35154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35163 \begin_layout Standard
35168 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35169 document with an external program.
35170 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35171 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35172 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35173 \begin_inset space ~
35177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35179 reference "sub:Export"
35184 You should at least see the menu entries
35191 \begin_inset space ~
35197 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35198 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35199 \begin_inset space ~
35203 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35205 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35214 Reconfiguration of LyX
35222 \begin_layout Standard
35223 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35224 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35225 \begin_inset space ~
35229 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35231 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35236 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
35239 \begin_layout Standard
35240 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35243 At the bottom of the
35247 menu the opened documents are listed.
35250 \begin_layout Subsection
35251 Open/Close all Insets
35254 \begin_layout Standard
35255 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35258 \begin_layout Subsection
35259 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35262 \begin_layout Standard
35263 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35266 \begin_layout Standard
35267 More about math macros will be described in the
35274 \begin_layout Subsection
35278 \begin_layout Standard
35279 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35281 \begin_inset space ~
35285 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35287 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35294 \begin_layout Subsection
35298 \begin_layout Standard
35299 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35300 opening a new view window.
35303 \begin_layout Subsection
35307 \begin_layout Standard
35308 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35309 This allows you view documents the same time to compare them, or to view
35310 the same document, but at different positions.
35311 You can split the main window even several times to view for example 3
35312 or more documents the same time.
35313 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35320 \begin_layout Subsection
35324 \begin_layout Standard
35325 Closes a split view.
35328 \begin_layout Subsection
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35333 Using this menu or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars so
35334 that you will see nothing than your text.
35335 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35336 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35337 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the the appearing context menu.
35340 \begin_layout Subsection
35342 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35344 name "sub:Toolbars"
35352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35361 \begin_layout Standard
35362 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35363 All toolbars and the
35366 \begin_inset space ~
35371 can be turned on and off.
35376 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35388 \begin_inset space ~
35397 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35401 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35408 \begin_layout Standard
35413 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35417 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35418 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35419 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35420 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35421 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35424 \begin_layout Standard
35425 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35426 \begin_inset space ~
35430 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35432 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35439 \begin_layout Section
35444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35453 \begin_layout Subsection
35457 \begin_layout Standard
35458 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35459 \begin_inset space ~
35463 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35465 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35476 \begin_layout Subsection
35478 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35480 name "sub:Special-Character"
35487 \begin_layout Standard
35488 Here you can insert the following characters:
35491 \begin_layout Description
35492 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35493 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35494 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35495 \begin_inset Newline newline
35499 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35507 Not all characters will be visible in the
35511 dialog because none of the screen font that you can set in the preferences
35513 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35517 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35519 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35523 ) can display every character.
35531 \begin_layout Description
35532 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35536 \begin_layout Description
35538 \begin_inset space ~
35542 \begin_inset space ~
35545 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35552 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35559 \begin_layout Description
35561 \begin_inset space ~
35564 Quote Inserts this quote:
35565 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35568 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35570 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35580 \begin_layout Description
35582 \begin_inset space ~
35585 Quote Inserts this quote:
35586 \begin_inset Quotes els
35592 \begin_layout Description
35594 \begin_inset space ~
35597 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35601 \begin_layout Description
35603 \begin_inset space ~
35606 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35610 \begin_layout Description
35612 \begin_inset space ~
35615 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35619 \begin_layout Description
35621 \begin_inset space ~
35628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35639 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35644 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35645 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35646 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35655 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35661 \begin_inset Newline newline
35664 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35668 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35676 and this Wiki-page:
35677 \begin_inset Newline newline
35681 \begin_inset Flex URL
35684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35686 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35694 \begin_layout Subsection
35698 \begin_layout Standard
35699 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35702 \begin_layout Description
35703 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35704 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35710 \begin_layout Description
35711 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35712 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35718 \begin_layout Description
35720 \begin_inset space ~
35723 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35724 \begin_inset space ~
35728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35730 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35737 \begin_layout Description
35739 \begin_inset space ~
35742 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35743 \begin_inset space ~
35747 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35749 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35756 \begin_layout Description
35758 \begin_inset space ~
35761 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35762 \begin_inset space ~
35766 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35768 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35775 \begin_layout Description
35777 \begin_inset space ~
35780 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
35781 \begin_inset space ~
35785 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35787 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35794 \begin_layout Description
35796 \begin_inset space ~
35799 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35806 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35813 \begin_layout Description
35815 \begin_inset space ~
35818 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35819 \begin_inset space ~
35823 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35825 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35832 \begin_layout Description
35834 \begin_inset space ~
35837 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35838 \begin_inset space ~
35842 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35844 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35851 \begin_layout Description
35853 \begin_inset space ~
35856 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35857 \begin_inset space ~
35861 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35863 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35870 \begin_layout Description
35872 \begin_inset space ~
35876 \begin_inset space ~
35879 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35880 \begin_inset space ~
35884 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35886 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35893 \begin_layout Description
35895 \begin_inset space ~
35898 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
35899 text line to the page border, see section
35900 \begin_inset space ~
35904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35906 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
35913 \begin_layout Description
35915 \begin_inset space ~
35918 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35919 \begin_inset space ~
35923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35925 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35932 \begin_layout Description
35934 \begin_inset space ~
35937 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
35938 text page to the page border, described in section
35939 \begin_inset space ~
35943 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35945 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
35952 \begin_layout Description
35954 \begin_inset space ~
35957 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35958 \begin_inset space ~
35962 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35964 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35971 \begin_layout Description
35973 \begin_inset space ~
35977 \begin_inset space ~
35980 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35981 \begin_inset space ~
35985 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35987 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
35994 \begin_layout Subsection
35998 \begin_layout Standard
35999 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
36000 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36002 \begin_inset space ~
36006 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36008 reference "sec:toc"
36013 The index list is described in section
36014 \begin_inset space ~
36018 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36020 reference "sec:Index"
36024 , the nomenclature in section
36025 \begin_inset space ~
36029 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36031 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36035 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36036 \begin_inset space ~
36040 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36042 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36049 \begin_layout Subsection
36053 \begin_layout Standard
36054 To insert floats, described in section
36055 \begin_inset space ~
36059 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36061 reference "sec:Floats"
36068 \begin_layout Subsection
36072 \begin_layout Standard
36073 To insert notes, described in section
36074 \begin_inset space ~
36078 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36080 reference "sec:Notes"
36087 \begin_layout Subsection
36091 \begin_layout Standard
36092 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36093 \begin_inset space ~
36097 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36099 reference "sec:Branches"
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36120 \begin_layout Standard
36121 Here you can insert files to include them or its content to your document.
36122 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
36133 \begin_layout Subsection
36138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36147 \begin_layout Standard
36148 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36149 \begin_inset space ~
36153 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36155 reference "sec:Minipages"
36160 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
36171 \begin_layout Subsection
36175 \begin_layout Standard
36176 Inserts a citation as described in section
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36183 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36190 \begin_layout Subsection
36194 \begin_layout Standard
36195 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36200 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36202 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36209 \begin_layout Subsection
36213 \begin_layout Standard
36214 Inserts a label as described in section
36215 \begin_inset space ~
36219 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36221 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36228 \begin_layout Subsection
36233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36244 Longtables ! Caption
36252 \begin_layout Standard
36253 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
36254 Floats are described in section
36255 \begin_inset space ~
36259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36261 reference "sec:Floats"
36265 , captions in longtables are described in section
36276 \begin_layout Subsection
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36282 \begin_inset space ~
36286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36288 reference "sec:Index"
36295 \begin_layout Subsection
36299 \begin_layout Standard
36300 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36301 \begin_inset space ~
36305 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36307 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36314 \begin_layout Subsection
36318 \begin_layout Standard
36320 Tables are described in section
36321 \begin_inset space ~
36325 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36327 reference "sec:Tables"
36334 \begin_layout Subsection
36338 \begin_layout Standard
36340 Graphics are described in section
36341 \begin_inset space ~
36345 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36347 reference "sec:Graphics"
36354 \begin_layout Subsection
36358 \begin_layout Standard
36359 Inserts an URL as described in section
36360 \begin_inset space ~
36364 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36366 reference "sub:URLs"
36373 \begin_layout Subsection
36377 \begin_layout Standard
36378 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36379 \begin_inset space ~
36383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36385 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36392 \begin_layout Subsection
36396 \begin_layout Standard
36397 Inserts a footnote, see section
36398 \begin_inset space ~
36402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36404 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36411 \begin_layout Subsection
36415 \begin_layout Standard
36416 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36417 \begin_inset space ~
36421 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36423 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36430 \begin_layout Subsection
36434 \begin_layout Standard
36435 Inserts a short title, see section
36436 \begin_inset space ~
36440 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36442 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36449 \begin_layout Subsection
36453 \begin_layout Standard
36454 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36455 \begin_inset space ~
36459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36461 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36468 \begin_layout Subsection
36473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36482 \begin_layout Standard
36483 Inserts a program listings box.
36484 Program listings are explained in chapter
36486 Program Code Listings
36495 \begin_layout Subsection
36499 \begin_layout Standard
36500 Inserts the actual date.
36501 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36503 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36513 There the different methods are also compared.
36516 \begin_layout Section
36521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36530 \begin_layout Standard
36531 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36532 \begin_inset space ~
36535 of the current document.
36536 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36539 \begin_layout Subsection
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36545 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36548 \begin_inset space ~
36552 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36553 \begin_inset space ~
36556 2.5 and use the menu
36559 \begin_inset space ~
36563 \begin_inset space ~
36570 \begin_inset space ~
36576 \begin_inset space ~
36580 \begin_inset space ~
36586 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36598 \begin_layout Standard
36599 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36600 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36603 \begin_layout Subsection
36604 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36607 \begin_layout Standard
36608 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36612 \begin_layout Subsection
36616 \begin_layout Standard
36617 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36618 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36619 on a cross-reference box.
36622 \begin_layout Section
36627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36636 \begin_layout Subsection
36640 \begin_layout Standard
36641 Change Tracking is described in section
36642 \begin_inset space ~
36646 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36648 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36655 \begin_layout Subsection
36660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36670 \begin_layout Standard
36671 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36673 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36676 \begin_layout Standard
36677 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36682 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36685 \begin_layout Subsection
36689 \begin_layout Standard
36690 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36691 \begin_inset space ~
36695 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36697 reference "sec:Navigating"
36702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36704 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36711 \begin_layout Subsection
36712 Start Appendix Here
36715 \begin_layout Standard
36716 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36717 position as described in section
36718 \begin_inset space ~
36722 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36724 reference "sec:Appendices"
36731 \begin_layout Subsection
36735 \begin_layout Standard
36736 Un/compresses the actual document.
36739 \begin_layout Subsection
36741 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36743 name "sub:Settings"
36751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36752 Document ! Settings
36760 \begin_layout Standard
36761 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36763 You can save your document settings as default with the
36765 Save as Document Defaults
36767 button in the dialog.
36768 This will create a template named
36772 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36776 \begin_layout Standard
36777 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36784 \begin_layout Standard
36785 Here you set the document class, class options, a Postscript driver, a master
36786 document, and modules.
36787 Document classes are described in section
36788 \begin_inset space ~
36792 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36794 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36798 , modules in section
36799 \begin_inset space ~
36803 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36805 reference "sub:Modules"
36810 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36815 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36816 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36817 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is
36818 a child or subdocument.
36819 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
36830 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36834 \begin_layout Standard
36835 The document font settings are described in section
36836 \begin_inset space ~
36840 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36842 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36849 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36853 \begin_layout Standard
36854 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36856 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36860 \begin_layout Standard
36861 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36862 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36863 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36866 \begin_layout Standard
36867 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36875 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36879 \begin_layout Standard
36880 A description of this menu is given in section
36881 \begin_inset space ~
36885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36887 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36892 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36894 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36901 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36905 \begin_layout Standard
36906 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36907 \begin_inset space ~
36911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36913 reference "sub:Margins"
36920 \begin_layout Subsubsection
36925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36926 Language ! Encoding
36934 \begin_layout Standard
36935 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36936 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36937 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36938 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36939 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36940 known for a particular character).
36944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36945 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36946 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36951 manual for details.
36959 \begin_layout Standard
36960 If you use the option
36964 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
36965 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36966 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36967 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36968 exactly one encoding.
36969 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36978 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36979 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36981 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36982 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36996 \begin_layout Standard
36997 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36998 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36999 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
37000 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
37001 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
37002 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
37007 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
37008 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
37009 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
37012 \begin_layout Standard
37013 Here is a list with the important encodings:
37016 \begin_layout Description
37018 \begin_inset space ~
37022 \begin_inset space ~
37026 \begin_inset space ~
37033 , but the LaTeX-package
37041 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37042 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37048 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
37049 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
37050 languages in TeX code.
37053 \begin_layout Description
37054 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
37055 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
37056 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
37059 \begin_layout Description
37061 \begin_inset space ~
37065 \begin_inset space ~
37068 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
37071 \begin_layout Description
37073 \begin_inset space ~
37077 \begin_inset space ~
37080 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
37083 \begin_layout Description
37085 \begin_inset space ~
37088 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
37091 \begin_layout Description
37093 \begin_inset space ~
37097 \begin_inset space ~
37100 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
37101 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
37104 \begin_layout Description
37106 \begin_inset space ~
37110 \begin_inset space ~
37113 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
37117 \begin_layout Description
37119 \begin_inset space ~
37123 \begin_inset space ~
37126 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
37127 ISO-8859-13 encoding
37130 \begin_layout Description
37132 \begin_inset space ~
37136 \begin_inset space ~
37140 \begin_inset space ~
37143 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
37144 \begin_inset space ~
37150 \begin_layout Description
37152 \begin_inset space ~
37156 \begin_inset space ~
37160 \begin_inset space ~
37163 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
37164 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
37167 \begin_layout Description
37169 \begin_inset space ~
37173 \begin_inset space ~
37176 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
37177 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
37178 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37179 \begin_inset space ~
37183 \begin_inset space ~
37189 \begin_layout Description
37191 \begin_inset space ~
37195 \begin_inset space ~
37198 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
37199 except of the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
37200 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
37201 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
37202 \begin_inset space ~
37206 \begin_inset space ~
37212 \begin_layout Description
37214 \begin_inset space ~
37218 \begin_inset space ~
37221 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
37224 \begin_layout Description
37226 \begin_inset space ~
37230 \begin_inset space ~
37233 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
37236 \begin_layout Description
37238 \begin_inset space ~
37242 \begin_inset space ~
37245 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
37248 \begin_layout Description
37250 \begin_inset space ~
37253 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
37256 \begin_layout Description
37258 \begin_inset space ~
37261 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
37264 \begin_layout Description
37266 \begin_inset space ~
37270 \begin_inset space ~
37273 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
37276 \begin_layout Description
37278 \begin_inset space ~
37282 \begin_inset space ~
37288 \begin_layout Description
37290 \begin_inset space ~
37294 \begin_inset space ~
37297 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
37300 \begin_layout Description
37302 \begin_inset space ~
37306 \begin_inset space ~
37312 \begin_layout Description
37314 \begin_inset space ~
37318 \begin_inset space ~
37321 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37330 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37335 , when using this, set the document language to
37340 \begin_layout Description
37342 \begin_inset space ~
37346 \begin_inset space ~
37349 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37353 , when using this, set the document language to
37358 \begin_layout Description
37360 \begin_inset space ~
37364 \begin_inset space ~
37367 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37376 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
37381 , when using this, set the document language to
37386 \begin_layout Description
37388 \begin_inset space ~
37392 \begin_inset space ~
37395 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37399 , when using this, set the document language to
37404 \begin_layout Description
37406 \begin_inset space ~
37410 \begin_inset space ~
37413 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
37417 , when using this, set the document language to
37422 \begin_layout Description
37424 \begin_inset space ~
37427 (EUC-KR) for Korean
37430 \begin_layout Description
37432 \begin_inset space ~
37436 \begin_inset space ~
37440 \begin_inset space ~
37443 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
37446 \begin_layout Description
37448 \begin_inset space ~
37452 \begin_inset space ~
37456 \begin_inset space ~
37459 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
37460 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
37461 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
37464 \begin_layout Description
37466 \begin_inset space ~
37470 \begin_inset space ~
37476 \begin_layout Description
37478 \begin_inset space ~
37482 \begin_inset space ~
37485 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
37486 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
37489 \begin_layout Description
37491 \begin_inset space ~
37495 \begin_inset space ~
37498 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
37506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37507 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
37512 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
37515 \begin_layout Description
37517 \begin_inset space ~
37521 \begin_inset space ~
37524 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
37528 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
37536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37537 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
37538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
37552 \begin_layout Description
37554 \begin_inset space ~
37558 \begin_inset space ~
37561 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
37569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37570 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
37575 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
37578 \begin_layout Description
37580 \begin_inset space ~
37583 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
37591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37592 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
37598 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
37602 \begin_layout Description
37604 \begin_inset space ~
37608 \begin_inset space ~
37612 \begin_inset space ~
37615 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
37616 \begin_inset space ~
37622 \begin_layout Description
37624 \begin_inset space ~
37628 \begin_inset space ~
37632 \begin_inset space ~
37635 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
37636 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
37637 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
37641 \begin_layout Description
37643 \begin_inset space ~
37647 \begin_inset space ~
37651 \begin_inset space ~
37654 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
37655 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
37658 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37662 \begin_layout Standard
37663 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
37665 \begin_inset space ~
37669 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37671 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
37678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37682 \begin_layout Standard
37683 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX-packages
37691 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37692 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
37705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37706 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
37712 For a further description see section
37713 \begin_inset space ~
37717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37719 reference "sec:Bibliography"
37726 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37730 \begin_layout Standard
37731 The PDF properties are explained in section
37732 \begin_inset space ~
37736 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37738 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
37745 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37749 \begin_layout Standard
37750 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
37758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37759 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 LaTeX-packages ! esint
37778 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
37781 \begin_layout Standard
37786 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
37787 assure that you have enabled AMS.
37790 \begin_layout Standard
37795 is used for special integral characters.
37798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37802 \begin_layout Standard
37803 The float placement options are described in section
37804 \begin_inset space ~
37808 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37810 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
37817 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37821 \begin_layout Standard
37822 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
37823 The itemize environment is described in section
37824 \begin_inset space ~
37828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37830 reference "sec:Itemize"
37837 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37841 \begin_layout Standard
37842 Branches are described in section
37843 \begin_inset space ~
37847 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37849 reference "sec:Branches"
37856 \begin_layout Subsubsection
37861 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37871 \begin_layout Standard
37872 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
37873 to define LaTeX-commands.
37874 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
37875 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
37879 \begin_layout Standard
37880 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
37881 \begin_inset space ~
37885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37887 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
37894 \begin_layout Section
37899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37908 \begin_layout Subsection
37912 \begin_layout Standard
37913 Spell checking is explained in section
37914 \begin_inset space ~
37918 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37920 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37927 \begin_layout Subsection
37931 \begin_layout Standard
37932 The thesaurus is described in section
37933 \begin_inset space ~
37937 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37939 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37946 \begin_layout Subsection
37951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37970 \begin_layout Standard
37971 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37972 highlighted document part.
37975 \begin_layout Subsection
37980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37989 \begin_layout Standard
37990 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37993 \begin_layout Subsection
37998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37999 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
38003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38010 Reconfiguration of LyX
38014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38031 Reconfiguration of LyX
38039 \begin_layout Standard
38040 This menu reconfigures LyX.
38041 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
38042 \begin_inset space ~
38046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38048 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
38055 \begin_layout Subsection
38059 \begin_layout Standard
38060 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
38061 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38065 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38067 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
38074 \begin_layout Section
38079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38088 \begin_layout Standard
38089 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
38093 \begin_layout Standard
38097 \begin_inset space ~
38102 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
38103 found by LyX (see also section
38104 \begin_inset space ~
38108 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38110 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
38117 \begin_layout Section
38119 \begin_inset CommandInset label
38121 name "sec:Toolbars"
38128 \begin_layout Standard
38129 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
38130 \begin_inset space ~
38134 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38136 reference "sub:Toolbars"
38143 \begin_layout Standard
38144 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
38145 This is described in the
38152 \begin_layout Subsection
38157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38166 \begin_layout Standard
38167 \begin_inset Graphics
38168 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
38176 \begin_layout Standard
38177 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38183 \begin_layout Standard
38184 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 \begin_inset Note Note
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
38210 manual for more information.
38218 \begin_layout Standard
38219 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38225 \begin_layout Standard
38226 \begin_inset Tabular
38227 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
38228 <features islongtable="true">
38229 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38230 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
38232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38236 \begin_inset Graphics
38237 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
38247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38251 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
38264 \begin_layout Standard
38265 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
38271 \begin_layout Standard
38273 \begin_inset Tabular
38274 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
38275 <features islongtable="true">
38276 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38277 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38278 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38285 \begin_inset Graphics
38286 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
38287 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38309 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38314 \begin_inset Graphics
38315 filename ../images/file-open.png
38316 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38343 \begin_inset Graphics
38344 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
38345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38367 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38372 \begin_inset Graphics
38373 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
38374 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
38383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38396 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38401 \begin_inset Graphics
38402 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
38403 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38418 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38425 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38430 \begin_inset Graphics
38431 filename ../images/undo.png
38432 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38447 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38454 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38459 \begin_inset Graphics
38460 filename ../images/redo.png
38461 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38476 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38483 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38488 \begin_inset Graphics
38489 filename ../images/cut.png
38490 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38517 \begin_inset Graphics
38518 filename ../images/copy.png
38519 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38534 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38541 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38546 \begin_inset Graphics
38547 filename ../images/paste.png
38548 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38563 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38575 \begin_inset Graphics
38576 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
38577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38578 rotateOrigin center
38587 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38593 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38599 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
38608 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 \begin_inset Graphics
38614 filename ../images/font-emph.png
38615 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38628 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
38630 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38632 \begin_inset space ~
38643 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38644 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 \begin_inset Graphics
38649 filename ../images/font-noun.png
38650 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38663 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
38665 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
38667 \begin_inset space ~
38678 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38683 \begin_inset Graphics
38684 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
38685 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 Formats text using the current settings in the
38700 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38702 \begin_inset space ~
38713 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38718 \begin_inset Graphics
38719 filename ../images/math-mode.png
38720 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38735 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38736 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38738 \begin_inset space ~
38747 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38752 \begin_inset Graphics
38753 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
38754 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38755 rotateOrigin center
38764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38770 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38777 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38782 \begin_inset Graphics
38783 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
38784 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38785 rotateOrigin center
38794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38800 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38807 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38812 \begin_inset Graphics
38813 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
38814 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38815 rotateOrigin center
38824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38828 Toggle outline window on/off,
38830 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38837 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38838 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38842 \begin_inset Graphics
38843 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38844 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38845 rotateOrigin center
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38864 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38869 \begin_inset Graphics
38870 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38871 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38872 rotateOrigin center
38881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38885 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38898 \begin_layout Subsection
38903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 \begin_inset Graphics
38914 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38922 \begin_layout Standard
38923 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38929 \begin_layout Standard
38930 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38934 \begin_layout Standard
38935 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38941 \begin_layout Standard
38942 \begin_inset Tabular
38943 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38944 <features islongtable="true">
38945 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38946 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 \begin_inset Graphics
38953 filename ../images/layout.png
38954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38955 rotateOrigin center
38964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38974 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38979 \begin_inset Graphics
38980 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38981 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38982 rotateOrigin center
38991 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39006 \begin_inset Graphics
39007 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
39008 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39009 rotateOrigin center
39018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39028 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39033 \begin_inset Graphics
39034 filename ../images/layout_List.png
39035 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39036 rotateOrigin center
39045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39060 \begin_inset Graphics
39061 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
39062 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39063 rotateOrigin center
39072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39082 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39087 \begin_inset Graphics
39088 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
39089 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39090 rotateOrigin center
39099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39105 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 \begin_inset space ~
39111 \begin_inset space ~
39120 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39125 \begin_inset Graphics
39126 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
39127 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39128 rotateOrigin center
39137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39143 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39145 \begin_inset space ~
39149 \begin_inset space ~
39158 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39163 \begin_inset Graphics
39164 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
39165 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39180 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39181 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39188 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39193 \begin_inset Graphics
39194 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
39195 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39210 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39211 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39218 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39223 \begin_inset Graphics
39224 filename ../images/label-insert.png
39225 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39240 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39247 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39252 \begin_inset Graphics
39253 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
39254 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39269 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39276 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39277 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39281 \begin_inset Graphics
39282 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
39283 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39292 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39295 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39305 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39310 \begin_inset Graphics
39311 filename ../images/index-insert.png
39312 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39327 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39329 \begin_inset space ~
39338 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39339 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39343 \begin_inset Graphics
39344 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
39345 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39360 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39362 \begin_inset space ~
39371 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39376 \begin_inset Graphics
39377 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
39378 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39393 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39400 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39405 \begin_inset Graphics
39406 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
39407 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39408 rotateOrigin center
39417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39423 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39425 \begin_inset space ~
39434 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39435 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39439 \begin_inset Graphics
39440 filename ../images/note-insert.png
39441 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39456 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39457 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39459 \begin_inset space ~
39468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39473 \begin_inset Graphics
39474 filename ../images/box-insert.png
39475 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39490 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39497 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39502 \begin_inset Graphics
39503 filename ../images/url-insert.png
39504 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39519 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39526 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39531 \begin_inset Graphics
39532 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
39533 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39570 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39575 \begin_inset Graphics
39576 filename ../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
39577 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39592 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39593 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39600 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39605 \begin_inset Graphics
39606 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
39607 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
39616 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39622 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39623 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39625 \begin_inset space ~
39634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39639 \begin_inset Graphics
39640 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
39641 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39642 rotateOrigin center
39651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39657 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39659 \begin_inset space ~
39668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39673 \begin_inset Graphics
39674 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
39675 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39676 rotateOrigin center
39685 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39688 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39691 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39702 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39707 \begin_inset Graphics
39708 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
39709 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39710 rotateOrigin center
39719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39725 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39739 \begin_layout Subsection
39740 View / Update Toolbar
39744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39745 Toolbar ! View / Update
39753 \begin_layout Standard
39754 \begin_inset Graphics
39755 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
39762 \begin_layout Standard
39763 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39769 \begin_layout Standard
39770 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
39774 \begin_layout Standard
39775 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
39781 \begin_layout Standard
39782 \begin_inset Tabular
39783 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
39784 <features islongtable="true">
39785 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39786 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
39787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39792 \begin_inset Graphics
39793 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
39794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39795 rotateOrigin center
39804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39810 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39817 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39818 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39822 \begin_inset Graphics
39823 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
39824 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39825 rotateOrigin center
39834 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39837 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39840 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39841 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39848 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39849 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39853 \begin_inset Graphics
39854 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39855 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39856 rotateOrigin center
39865 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39871 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39878 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39883 \begin_inset Graphics
39884 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39885 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39886 rotateOrigin center
39895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39901 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39902 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39909 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39914 \begin_inset Graphics
39915 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39916 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39917 rotateOrigin center
39926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39932 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39939 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39940 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39944 \begin_inset Graphics
39945 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39946 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
39947 rotateOrigin center
39956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39962 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39963 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39977 \begin_layout Subsection
39981 \begin_layout Standard
39982 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39983 \begin_inset space ~
39987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39989 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39993 , the table toolbar
39997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40007 manual, the math macro toolbar in the
40014 \begin_layout Chapter
40020 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40022 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40039 \begin_layout Standard
40040 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40042 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40046 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
40049 \begin_layout Section
40053 \begin_layout Subsection
40057 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40058 User Interface File
40062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40063 Customization ! of toolbars
40072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40073 Customization ! of menus
40081 \begin_layout Standard
40082 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40090 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40099 \begin_layout Standard
40100 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
40101 interface (ui) file.
40102 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40103 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40112 Both files are loaded by the
40117 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40118 files and edit the entries.
40121 \begin_layout Standard
40122 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40134 entries must be ended with an explicit
40159 and in the case of the
40160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40164 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40172 The syntax for the entries is:
40175 \begin_layout Standard
40176 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40182 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40194 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40198 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40204 \begin_layout Standard
40206 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40209 All LyX-functions are listed in
40210 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40219 \begin_layout Standard
40220 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40226 \begin_layout Standard
40227 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40229 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40232 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40237 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40242 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
40245 \begin_layout Standard
40247 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40250 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40253 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40261 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40265 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40268 restoring of window layout and geometries
40270 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40271 in the last LyX session.
40274 \begin_layout Standard
40277 Restore cursor positions
40279 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40283 \begin_layout Standard
40286 Load opened files from last session
40288 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40291 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40293 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40295 name "sub:Backup documents"
40303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40312 \begin_layout Standard
40317 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40320 \begin_layout Standard
40325 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40328 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40330 \begin_inset space ~
40338 \begin_layout Subsection
40343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40352 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40359 \begin_layout Standard
40360 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40363 \begin_layout Standard
40364 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40372 This section only deals with the fonts
40377 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40380 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40381 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40392 \begin_layout Standard
40393 By default, LyX uses
40397 as roman (serif) font,
40405 (depends on the system) as
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40424 \begin_layout Standard
40425 You can change the font size with the
40430 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40431 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40434 \begin_layout Standard
40439 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40440 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40442 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40445 points have the size of 1
40446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40450 \begin_inset space ~
40454 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40456 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40463 \begin_layout Standard
40468 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40469 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40473 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40474 \begin_inset space ~
40478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40480 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40487 \begin_layout Standard
40490 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40492 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40493 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40494 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40495 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40497 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40498 \begin_inset space ~
40504 \begin_layout Subsection
40509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
40530 Choose an item in the list and use the
40537 \begin_layout Subsection
40542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40543 Settings ! Graphics
40551 \begin_layout Standard
40552 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
40555 \begin_layout Standard
40560 enables previewing snippets of your document.
40561 This feature is described in section
40562 \begin_inset space ~
40566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40568 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
40575 \begin_layout Section
40580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40589 \begin_layout Subsection
40593 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40597 \begin_layout Standard
40600 Cursor follows scrollbar
40602 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
40606 \begin_layout Standard
40609 Sort environments alphabetically
40611 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40614 \begin_layout Standard
40617 Group environments by their category
40619 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
40622 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40626 \begin_layout Standard
40627 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
40632 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
40633 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
40637 \begin_layout Subsection
40642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40653 Settings ! Shortcuts
40661 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40665 \begin_layout Standard
40666 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
40667 Several binding files are available:
40670 \begin_layout Description
40671 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
40674 \begin_layout Description
40675 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
40686 \begin_layout Description
40687 mac.bind set of bindings for
40690 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40698 \begin_layout Standard
40699 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
40703 , and bind files for special languages.
40704 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
40706 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40714 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
40718 \begin_layout Standard
40719 Some bind-files, like
40723 , have only a small scope.
40724 When looking at the the end of the file
40728 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
40731 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40733 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40735 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
40743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40744 Key Bindings ! Editing
40752 \begin_layout Standard
40753 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
40754 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
40755 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
40758 Show key-bindings containing
40761 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
40762 Insert there for example as keyword
40763 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40767 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40770 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
40772 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40776 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40780 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
40781 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
40785 that you find in the
40792 \begin_layout Standard
40794 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40798 \begin_inset space ~
40809 , select the function and press the
40814 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
40815 So press M-q to define the shortcut.
40816 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
40817 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
40818 binding and adding the different function names as semicolon separated
40820 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
40822 The binding for the function
40826 is an example for this.
40829 \begin_layout Standard
40830 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
40832 The syntax of the entries is:
40835 \begin_layout Standard
40841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40859 \begin_layout Subsection
40861 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40865 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40869 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40871 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
40879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40890 Settings ! Keyboard Map
40898 \begin_layout Standard
40899 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
40900 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
40902 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40906 \begin_inset space ~
40909 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
40910 can use the keyboard map file named
40917 \begin_layout Standard
40918 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40926 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40935 Besides this, you can specify here the
40937 Wheel scrolling speed
40940 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
40944 \begin_layout Section
40949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40968 \begin_layout Description
40970 \begin_inset space ~
40973 directory This is LyX's working directory.
40974 It is the default when you
40985 \begin_inset space ~
40993 \begin_layout Description
40995 \begin_inset space ~
40998 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41000 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41002 \begin_inset space ~
41006 \begin_inset space ~
41014 \begin_layout Description
41016 \begin_inset space ~
41023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41029 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41030 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41031 \begin_inset space ~
41035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41037 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41045 will be used to save the backups.
41046 \begin_inset Newline newline
41049 The backup files have the ending
41050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41054 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41060 \begin_layout Description
41065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41072 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41073 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41074 \begin_inset Newline newline
41078 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41086 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41094 \begin_layout Description
41096 \begin_inset space ~
41099 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41102 \begin_layout Description
41104 \begin_inset space ~
41107 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41108 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41109 to find it on the system.
41110 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
41111 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41113 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41117 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41120 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41121 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41125 \begin_layout Section
41129 \begin_layout Standard
41130 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41131 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41133 \begin_inset space ~
41137 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41139 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41143 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41146 \begin_layout Section
41151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41152 Language ! Settings
41161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41162 Settings ! Language
41170 \begin_layout Subsection
41174 \begin_layout Description
41176 \begin_inset space ~
41179 language is the language used in new documents
41182 \begin_layout Description
41184 \begin_inset space ~
41187 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41189 The default is the LaTeX-command
41195 that loads the package
41203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41204 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41205 \begin_inset space ~
41209 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41211 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41221 \begin_inset Newline newline
41228 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
41229 the document language.
41230 A text label is for instance the word
41231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41238 at the beginning of every table-caption.
41241 \begin_layout Description
41243 \begin_inset space ~
41246 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41247 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41248 An example is the start command
41254 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41259 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41274 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41279 \begin_layout Description
41281 \begin_inset space ~
41289 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41290 command toggles the package on and off.
41293 \begin_layout Description
41295 \begin_inset space ~
41305 \begin_layout Description
41306 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41307 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41308 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41309 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41316 \begin_layout Description
41318 \begin_inset space ~
41321 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41323 When this option is not set, the
41326 \begin_inset space ~
41331 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41332 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41335 \begin_inset space ~
41343 \begin_layout Description
41345 \begin_inset space ~
41351 \begin_inset space ~
41357 When it is not set, the
41360 \begin_inset space ~
41365 is set to the end of the document.
41368 \begin_layout Description
41370 \begin_inset space ~
41374 \begin_inset space ~
41377 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41378 language will be underlined blue.
41381 \begin_layout Description
41383 \begin_inset space ~
41387 \begin_inset space ~
41391 \begin_inset space ~
41395 \begin_inset space ~
41398 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
41402 \begin_layout Subsection
41406 \begin_layout Standard
41407 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
41408 \begin_inset space ~
41412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41414 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
41421 \begin_layout Section
41425 \begin_layout Subsection
41427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41456 \begin_layout Description
41458 \begin_inset space ~
41461 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
41462 The name will be used when the
41467 \begin_inset Newline newline
41471 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41479 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
41488 \begin_layout Description
41490 \begin_inset space ~
41494 \begin_inset space ~
41498 \begin_inset space ~
41501 printer This option works only for the
41506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41518 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
41519 This is an option only for dvips experts.
41522 \begin_layout Description
41524 \begin_inset space ~
41527 command is the command LyX
41528 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41532 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41535 LaTeX uses for printing.
41536 The default is on most systems
41543 \begin_layout Description
41545 \begin_inset space ~
41549 \begin_inset space ~
41552 Options Here you can specify printer options.
41553 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
41554 of the program that provides the
41561 \begin_layout Subsection
41566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41577 Settings ! Date format
41585 \begin_layout Standard
41586 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
41587 \begin_inset Newline newline
41591 \begin_inset Flex URL
41594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41596 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
41602 \begin_inset Newline newline
41605 For example the format
41606 \begin_inset Newline newline
41610 \begin_inset Newline newline
41613 prints the date as day/month/year.
41616 \begin_layout Subsection
41620 \begin_layout Description
41622 \begin_inset space ~
41626 \begin_inset space ~
41629 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
41632 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41633 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41635 \begin_inset space ~
41641 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
41645 \begin_layout Description
41647 \begin_inset space ~
41650 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
41655 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
41656 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
41659 \begin_layout Subsection
41664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41672 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41674 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
41682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41691 \begin_layout Description
41696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41704 \begin_inset space ~
41707 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
41712 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
41734 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
41735 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41747 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
41748 LyX sets up in the background.
41749 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
41752 \begin_layout Description
41754 \begin_inset space ~
41758 \begin_inset space ~
41761 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
41766 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
41769 \begin_layout Description
41771 \begin_inset space ~
41775 \begin_inset space ~
41779 \begin_inset space ~
41783 \begin_inset space ~
41787 \begin_inset space ~
41791 \begin_inset space ~
41794 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
41796 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41799 dialog when changing the document class.
41802 \begin_layout Standard
41805 External Applications
41807 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
41808 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
41809 manuals of the applications.
41810 Currently the following commands can be set:
41813 \begin_layout Description
41818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41826 \begin_inset space ~
41829 command Command for the program
41833 that is described in section
41844 \begin_layout Description
41849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41857 \begin_inset space ~
41860 command Command for the program
41864 that generates the bibliography, see section
41865 \begin_inset space ~
41869 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41871 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
41878 \begin_layout Description
41880 \begin_inset space ~
41883 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41888 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41890 reference "sub:Index-Program"
41897 \begin_layout Description
41899 \begin_inset space ~
41903 \begin_inset space ~
41907 \begin_inset space ~
41911 \begin_inset space ~
41914 options They only have an effect when the program
41918 is used as DVI-viewer.
41921 \begin_layout Subsection
41926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41945 \begin_layout Standard
41950 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
41953 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
41955 uses the Windows path style:
41958 \begin_layout Standard
41966 \begin_layout Standard
41967 instead of the Unix path style:
41970 \begin_layout Standard
41974 \begin_layout Section
41979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41988 \begin_layout Standard
41989 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
41990 from one format to another.
41991 You can modify them or create new ones.
41992 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
41999 \begin_inset space ~
42009 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42013 \begin_inset space ~
42018 drop-down list, modify the
42022 field, and press the
42029 \begin_layout Standard
42032 Converter File Cache
42034 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42037 Maximum Age (in days
42040 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42041 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42044 \begin_layout Standard
42045 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42046 the converter definition, is described in section
42057 \begin_layout Section
42062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42071 name "sec:File-Formats"
42078 \begin_layout Standard
42079 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42080 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42082 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
42090 \begin_inset space ~
42102 \begin_layout Standard
42103 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42104 is described in section
42115 \begin_layout Section
42120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42129 \begin_layout Standard
42130 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
42131 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42132 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42133 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42134 This is done by a Copier.
42137 \begin_layout Standard
42138 More about converters is described in section
42149 \begin_layout Chapter
42150 Units available in LyX
42154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42161 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42163 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42170 \begin_layout Standard
42171 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42172 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42174 reference "cap:Units"
42178 explains all units available in LyX.
42181 \begin_layout Standard
42182 \begin_inset Float table
42188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42189 \begin_inset Caption
42191 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42192 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42207 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42215 \begin_inset Tabular
42216 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42218 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42219 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42241 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42250 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42301 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42304 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42315 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42319 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42343 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42347 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42370 scaled point (65536
42371 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42399 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42403 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42427 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42431 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
42435 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42459 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42482 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42486 % of original image width
42493 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42496 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42602 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42613 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42616 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42637 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42640 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42675 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42700 \begin_layout Chapter
42702 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42711 \begin_layout Standard
42712 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
42713 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
42716 \begin_layout Itemize
42719 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
42722 \begin_layout Itemize
42728 \begin_layout Itemize
42734 \begin_layout Itemize
42740 \begin_layout Itemize
42746 \begin_layout Itemize
42752 \begin_layout Itemize
42758 \begin_layout Itemize
42764 \begin_layout Itemize
42767 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
42770 \begin_layout Itemize
42776 \begin_layout Itemize
42782 \begin_layout Itemize
42788 \begin_layout Itemize
42794 \begin_layout Itemize
42800 \begin_layout Itemize
42806 \begin_layout Itemize
42812 \begin_layout Itemize
42818 \begin_layout Itemize
42820 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
42829 \begin_layout Standard
42830 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42833 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
42840 \begin_layout Bibliography
42841 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42842 LatexCommand bibitem
42849 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42852 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
42857 \begin_inset Newline newline
42861 \begin_inset Flex URL
42864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42866 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
42874 \begin_layout Bibliography
42875 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42876 LatexCommand bibitem
42877 key "latexcompanion"
42881 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
42883 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
42886 Addison-Wesley, 2004
42889 \begin_layout Bibliography
42890 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42891 LatexCommand bibitem
42896 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
42899 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
42902 Addison-Wesley, 2003
42905 \begin_layout Bibliography
42906 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42907 LatexCommand bibitem
42914 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
42917 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
42920 \begin_layout Bibliography
42921 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42922 LatexCommand bibitem
42934 Addison-Wesley, 1984
42937 \begin_layout Bibliography
42938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42939 LatexCommand bibitem
42945 \begin_inset Newline newline
42949 \begin_inset Flex URL
42952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42954 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
42962 \begin_layout Bibliography
42963 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42964 LatexCommand bibitem
42970 \begin_inset Newline newline
42974 \begin_inset Flex URL
42977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42979 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
42987 \begin_layout Bibliography
42988 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42989 LatexCommand bibitem
42995 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42997 name "Documentation"
42998 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43007 \begin_inset Newline newline
43011 \begin_inset Flex URL
43014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43016 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43024 \begin_layout Bibliography
43025 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43026 LatexCommand bibitem
43032 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43034 name "Documentation"
43035 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43044 \begin_inset Newline newline
43048 \begin_inset Flex URL
43051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43053 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43061 \begin_layout Bibliography
43062 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43063 LatexCommand bibitem
43069 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43071 name "Documentation"
43072 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43081 \begin_inset Newline newline
43085 \begin_inset Flex URL
43088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43090 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43098 \begin_layout Bibliography
43099 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43100 LatexCommand bibitem
43106 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43108 name "Documentation"
43109 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43113 of the LaTeX-package
43121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43122 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43128 \begin_inset Newline newline
43132 \begin_inset Flex URL
43135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43137 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43145 \begin_layout Bibliography
43146 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43147 LatexCommand bibitem
43153 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43155 name "Documentation"
43156 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43160 of the LaTeX-package
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43169 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43175 \begin_inset Newline newline
43179 \begin_inset Flex URL
43182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43184 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43192 \begin_layout Bibliography
43193 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43194 LatexCommand bibitem
43202 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43204 name "Documentation"
43205 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43211 of the LaTeX-package
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43220 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43226 \begin_inset Newline newline
43230 \begin_inset Flex URL
43233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43235 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43243 \begin_layout Bibliography
43244 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43245 LatexCommand bibitem
43251 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43253 name "Documentation"
43254 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43258 of the LaTeX-package
43266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43267 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43273 \begin_inset Newline newline
43277 \begin_inset Flex URL
43280 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43282 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43290 \begin_layout Bibliography
43291 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43292 LatexCommand bibitem
43298 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43300 name "Documentation"
43301 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43305 of the LaTeX-package
43313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43314 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43320 \begin_inset Newline newline
43324 \begin_inset Flex URL
43327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43329 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
43337 \begin_layout Bibliography
43338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43339 LatexCommand bibitem
43345 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43347 name "Documentation"
43348 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
43352 of the LaTeX-package
43360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43361 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
43367 \begin_inset Newline newline
43371 \begin_inset Flex URL
43374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43376 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
43384 \begin_layout Bibliography
43385 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43386 LatexCommand bibitem
43392 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43395 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
43399 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
43400 \begin_inset Newline newline
43404 \begin_inset Flex URL
43407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43409 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
43417 \begin_layout Bibliography
43418 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43419 LatexCommand bibitem
43425 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43428 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
43432 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
43433 \begin_inset Newline newline
43437 \begin_inset Flex URL
43440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43442 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
43450 \begin_layout Bibliography
43451 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43452 LatexCommand bibitem
43458 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43461 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
43465 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
43466 \begin_inset Newline newline
43470 \begin_inset Flex URL
43473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43475 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
43483 \begin_layout Bibliography
43484 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43485 LatexCommand bibitem
43491 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43494 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
43498 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
43499 \begin_inset Newline newline
43503 \begin_inset Flex URL
43506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43508 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
43516 \begin_layout Bibliography
43517 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43518 LatexCommand bibitem
43524 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43527 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
43531 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
43532 \begin_inset Newline newline
43536 \begin_inset Flex URL
43539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43541 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
43549 \begin_layout Bibliography
43550 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43551 LatexCommand bibitem
43557 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43560 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
43564 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
43565 \begin_inset Newline newline
43569 \begin_inset Flex URL
43572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43574 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
43582 \begin_layout Bibliography
43583 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43584 LatexCommand bibitem
43590 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43593 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
43597 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
43598 \begin_inset Newline newline
43602 \begin_inset Flex URL
43605 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43607 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
43615 \begin_layout Bibliography
43616 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43617 LatexCommand bibitem
43623 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43626 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
43630 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
43631 \begin_inset Newline newline
43635 \begin_inset Flex URL
43638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43640 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
43648 \begin_layout Bibliography
43649 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43650 LatexCommand bibitem
43656 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43659 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
43663 about new features in
43668 \begin_inset Newline newline
43672 \begin_inset Flex URL
43675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43677 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
43685 \begin_layout Standard
43686 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43720 \begin_inset Note Note
43723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43730 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
43731 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
43732 bibliography is the second one:
43740 \begin_layout Standard
43741 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
43742 LatexCommand bibtex
43743 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
43744 options "biblio/alphadin"
43751 \begin_layout Standard
43752 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
43755 \begin_layout Standard
43758 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
43759 LatexCommand printnomenclature
43764 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
43765 LatexCommand printindex